WO2015018122A1 - Message transmission method and device - Google Patents
Message transmission method and device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2015018122A1 WO2015018122A1 PCT/CN2013/084714 CN2013084714W WO2015018122A1 WO 2015018122 A1 WO2015018122 A1 WO 2015018122A1 CN 2013084714 W CN2013084714 W CN 2013084714W WO 2015018122 A1 WO2015018122 A1 WO 2015018122A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- base station
- rrc message
- information
- message
- bearer channel
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
- H04W48/20—Selecting an access point
Definitions
- a message transmission method and device The present application claims priority to a PCT patent application filed on August 9, 2013 by the Chinese Patent Office, Application No. PCT/CN2013/081243, entitled "A Message Transmission Method and Apparatus” The entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the present invention relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a message transmission method and device.
- BACKGROUND The protocol layer of an LTE (Long Term Evolution) system is considered from the user's perspective, including from top to bottom.
- PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
- RLC Radio Link Control
- MAC Media Access Control
- physical Physical, PHY
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- the eNB evolved NodeB, the evolved Node B, ie, the base station
- the eNB configures multiple radio bearers to the UE by using the RRC message, and the radio bearer is different according to its function. It can be divided into DRB (Data Radio Bearer) and SRB (Signaling Radio Bearer).
- the data of the DRB is from the CN (Core Network), and the PDCP layer is layer by layer to the physical layer.
- the data of the SRB is from the eNB.
- the PDCP layer is layer by layer to the physical layer.
- the eNB finally sends the information to the UE through the signal of the physical layer.
- the UE reversely parses the data of the eNB through its own PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer, and the PDCP layer sends the corresponding data to the RRC entity or the data receiving entity of the UE.
- the UE may packetize its own data or RRC message from the PDCP layer to the physical layer, and send the signal to the eNB through the physical layer.
- Figures 1 and 2 show the control plane protocol stack and the user plane protocol stack, respectively.
- multiple bearers share a MAC layer, and the MAC entity learns from the RLC and MAC interface identifiers in the data packets acquired by the MAC layer, which RLC entity the data packet comes from, and then knows which bearer the MAC layer data packet comes from.
- the industry has begun to consider small base stations and macro base stations to simultaneously provide services to the UE.
- the concept of dual connectivity is introduced.
- one of the base stations is the primary base station (MeNB) of the UE, which serves as the mobility anchor of the UE and is responsible for terminating the MME of the core network.
- Management Entity, the mobile management entity) the remaining base station is the secondary base station (SeNB) of the UE, and provides the data packet shunting service for the UE, and the data packet received by the secondary base station may be the RRC layer, the PDCP layer of the primary base station, RLC Layer-split packets.
- the embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for transmitting a message, in which a terminal sends a feedback message of an RRC message to a base station under a network architecture in which a plurality of base stations serve a terminal.
- a message transmission method includes:
- the terminal receives the RRC message; the terminal sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station that generates the RRC message, and/or sends it to other base stations than the base station that generates the RRC message.
- the terminal receives the random access response message, and the terminal sends the feedback information of the random access response message to the base station that generates the random access response message, and/or sends the generated information to the generated The base station other than the base station of the random access response message.
- the terminal further includes: the terminal determining a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message. Further, the determining, by the terminal, the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message, includes: the terminal, according to the base station and/or the base station cell, used in the RRC message to identify the RRC message. Determining, by the terminal, a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message; and/or, the terminal determines, according to an RRC message content, a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message, where different base stations and/or base station cells The generated RRC message has different content.
- the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the base station and/or the base station used to identify the RRC message.
- the information of the cell is a transmission identifier of the RRC message; where the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier. The mapping relationship is sent to the terminal after being negotiated between the base station and/or the base station cell.
- the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal, mapping relationship information between the transmission identifier sent by the base station or the locally stored base station, and/or mapping relationship between the transmission identifier and the base station cell.
- the RRC message carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the
- the bearer channel of the feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate the base station and/or the base station cell information that receives the feedback information of the RRC message.
- the random access response message carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel for sending feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate Base station and/or base station cell information for receiving feedback information of the random access response message.
- the indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
- a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message is indicated.
- a terminal comprising: a transceiver, configured to receive an RRC message; and, to send feedback information of the RRC message generated by the processor to a base station that generates the RRC message, and/or to a generation office a base station other than the base station of the RRC message; and a processor, configured to generate feedback information of the RRC message according to the RRC message received by the transceiver.
- the transceiver is configured to receive a random access response message, and send feedback information of the random access response message generated by the processor to generate the random access response.
- a base station of the message and/or sent to another base station other than the base station that generates the random access response message; the processor is configured to generate the random connection according to the random access response message received by the transceiver Feedback information into the response message.
- the processor is further configured to: after the transceiver receives the RRC message, determine a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- the processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the information about the base station and/or the base station cell that is used to identify the RRC message that is carried in the RRC message, to generate the RRC message.
- Base station and/or base station cell and/or determining a base station and/or a base station cell for generating the RRC message according to the RRC message content, wherein the RRC messages generated by different base stations and/or base station cells have different contents.
- the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the base station and/or the base station that generates the RRC message is used to identify
- the information of the base station cell is a transmission identifier of the RRC message, where the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
- the RRC message carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel for sending feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the RRC message is received.
- the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel for sending feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the RRC message is received.
- Base station and/or base station cell information for feedback information.
- the terminal sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station that generates the RRC message, or sends it to other base stations, or sends the base station and other base stations that generate the RRC message, so that the terminal is used in multiple base stations.
- the terminal sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station through multiple flexible manners.
- Another embodiment of the present invention provides a message transmission method and device, which are used to implement an RRC message to a terminal in a network architecture in which a plurality of base stations serve a terminal.
- a message transmission method includes: a first base station generates an RRC message; a first base station sends the RRC message to a terminal; and/or, the first base station passes the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet to a second Base station sent to the end End, the number of the second base stations is one or more.
- the first base station In a preferred mode, the first base station generates a receiving random access response message; the first base station sends the random access response message to the terminal, and/or, the random access response message or the random connection
- the incoming response message processing data packet is sent to the terminal through the second base station, and the number of the second base station is one or more.
- the random access response message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the randomness is received.
- Base station and/or base station cell information for accessing feedback information of the response message.
- the RRC message carries information for identifying a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the base station and/or the base station that generates the RRC message is used to identify
- the information of the base station cell is a transmission identifier of the RRC message, where the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
- An RRC message transmission method comprising: receiving, by a second base station, an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet sent by a first base station, where the RRC message or RRC message processing data packet is generated by a first base station;
- the base station is configured to forward the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station, and send the RRC message to the terminal.
- the second base station receives the random access response message or the random access response message processing data packet sent by the first base station, where the random access response message or the random access response message processing data packet is the first And generating, by the second base station, the bearer channel of the random access response message generated by the first base station by using the second base station, and sending the random access response message to the terminal.
- the random access response message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the randomness is received.
- Base station and/or base station cell information for accessing feedback information of the response message.
- the RRC message carries information for identifying a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the base station and/or the base station that generates the RRC message is used to identify
- the information of the base station cell is a transmission identifier of the RRC message, where the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
- a base station comprising: a processor, configured to generate an RRC message; a transceiver, configured to send the RRC message generated by the processor to a terminal; and/or, to process the RRC message or the RRC message
- the data packet is sent to the terminal through the second base station, and the number of the second base station is one or more.
- a base station comprising: a transceiver, configured to receive an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet sent by a first base station, where the RRC message or RRC message processing data packet is generated by a first base station;
- the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the base station sends the RRC message to the terminal;
- the base station that generates the RRC message sends the RRC message to the terminal, or forwards the message to the terminal through other base stations, so that in a network architecture in which multiple base stations serve the terminal, in various flexible manners, The RRC message generated by the base station is sent to the terminal.
- Another embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer channel configuration method and device, which is used to establish a bearer channel for transmitting RRC messages under a network architecture in which multiple base stations serve terminals.
- a radio bearer channel configuration method includes: the first base station sends an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the second base station, where the RRC message transmission configuration request message is used to request the second base station to forward the RRC message or RRC generated by the first base station
- the message processing packet establishes a bearer channel.
- the requesting the second base station to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station is specifically configured to: request the second base station to forward the first base station signaling
- the RRC message generated by the radio bearer or the RRC message processing data packet establishes a bearer channel.
- the RRC message transmission configuration request message carries one or a combination of the following information:
- the first base station sends bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station;
- the first base station forwards the RRC message generated by the second base station or the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message processing data packet; the first base station expects the second base station to establish, by the second base station, the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer of the RRC message processing data packet. Channel configuration information.
- the desired base station establishes, by the second base station, the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station, including: PDCP layer configuration information of the first base station, and/or RLC layer configuration information of the second base station, and MAC Layer configuration information, physical layer configuration information.
- a method for configuring a radio bearer channel includes: receiving, by a second base station, a configuration request message of an RRC message transmission channel sent by a first base station; and establishing, by the second base station, a second base station forwarding first according to the configuration request message of the RRC message transmission channel The RRC message generated by the base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the requesting the second base station to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station is specifically configured to: request the second base station to forward the first base station signaling
- the RRC message generated by the radio bearer or the RRC message processing data packet establishes a bearer channel.
- a base station comprising: a processor, configured to generate an RRC message transmission configuration request message, where the RRC message transmission configuration request message is used to request the second base station to establish a bearer for forwarding an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station
- the first base station is a base station
- the transceiver is configured to send the RRC message transmission configuration request message generated by the processor to the second base station.
- a base station comprising: a transceiver, configured to receive a configuration request message of an RRC message transmission channel sent by the first base station; and a processor, configured to: according to the configuration request message of the RRC message transmission channel received by the transceiver, Establishing, by the second base station, the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, where the second base station is the base station.
- a base station sends a configuration request of an RRC message transmission channel to another base station, so that other base stations can establish an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet bearer channel according to the message, to forward the initiator station.
- the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet between the base station and the terminal may be transmitted by forwarding between the base stations.
- a control plane packet forwarding method includes: transmitting, by a first base station, a control plane data packet and control information to a second base station, so that the second base station sends the control plane data packet and/or the second base station according to the control information Scheduling information; wherein the indication information is sent before, after, or simultaneously with the control plane data packet.
- a control plane packet forwarding method comprising: receiving, by a second base station, a control plane data packet and indication information sent by the first base station; wherein the indication information is before, after or after the sending the control plane data packet The surface data packet is simultaneously transmitted; the second base station transmits the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station according to the control information.
- a base station comprising: a transceiver, configured to send a control plane data packet and indication information to a second base station, so that the second base station sends the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station according to the control information
- the indication information is sent before, after, or simultaneously with the control plane data packet.
- a base station comprising: a transceiver, configured to receive a control plane data packet and indication information sent by the first base station; where the indication information is before, after, or with the control plane data packet of the control plane data packet Simultaneously transmitting; the processor, configured to send, according to the control information, the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station.
- Another embodiment of the present invention provides a message transmission method and device, which are used to implement forwarding of control plane data packets between base stations when a plurality of base stations serve a terminal.
- the forwarding of the packet conforms to the specified policy.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a control plane protocol stack in the prior art
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack in the prior art
- 3 is a schematic diagram of mapping to a MAC layer in the prior art
- FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of generating and transmitting an RRC message according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, FIG. 9A, FIG. 9B, FIG. 9C, and FIG. 9D are respectively an RRC message transmission architecture diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10A and FIG. 10B are schematic diagrams showing a transmission process of an RRC message according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission process of feedback information of an RRC message according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 12 and FIG. 16 are schematic diagrams showing a configuration process of a bearer channel according to an embodiment of the present invention
- 13 and FIG. 17 are schematic diagrams showing a modification process of a bearer channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 14 and FIG. 18 are schematic diagrams of a release process of a bearer channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a control plane data packet forwarding process according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 19A and FIG. 19B are schematic diagrams showing the structure of a base station applied to the first solution according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal applied to the second solution according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 21A and FIG. 21B are schematic diagrams showing the structure of a base station applied to the third solution according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal applied to the third solution according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 22A and FIG. 22B are schematic diagrams showing the structure of a base station applied to the fourth solution according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the present invention will be further described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which FIG. An embodiment. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
- the embodiment of the present invention provides a RRC message sending method, a RRC message feedback information sending method, a bearer channel configuration management method, and a control plane for a network architecture in which a plurality of base stations serve a terminal. Packet forwarding method.
- Solution 1 The method for transmitting the RRC message is described from the base station side;
- Solution 2 A method for transmitting feedback information of an RRC message is described from a terminal side;
- Solution 3 Describes the configuration method of the bearer channel
- Option 4 Describes the forwarding method for control plane packets.
- the embodiment of the present invention mainly focuses on the transmission process of the RRC message transmission process and/or the feedback information of the RRC message, and the process mainly involves processing operations of the RRC layer, the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
- the protocol entity of the RRC layer is referred to as an RRC entity unit
- the protocol entity of the PDCP layer is referred to as a PDCP entity unit
- the protocol entity of the RLC layer is referred to as an RLC entity unit
- the protocol of the MAC layer is used.
- An entity is called a MAC entity unit
- a protocol entity of the PHY layer is called a PHY entity unit.
- the bearer channel for transmitting (transmitting or forwarding) the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet in the embodiment of the present invention refers to a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, an LCID (Logic Channel ID), and possibly A logical unit combination formed by logical units such as a MAC entity unit and a PHY entity unit.
- a complete channel from the transmitting end of the RRC message or the RRC message processing packet to the receiving end mainly including the network side RRC entity unit, PDCP entity unit, RLC entity unit, MAC entity unit and PHY entity unit, and PHY entity unit, MAC entity unit, RLC entity unit, PDCP entity unit on the terminal side.
- the foregoing all the protocol layer entity units on the network side may be located on one eNB, or the PDCP entity unit is located on one eNB, and other protocol layer entity units are located on another eNB.
- the lower bearing channel is formed.
- a complete bearer channel defined above is combined in a logical unit or a logical unit on a base station, and is referred to as a bearer channel for transmitting (transmitting or forwarding) an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet of the base station. .
- the bearer channel that the MeNB sends the RRC message generated by the MeNB includes the PDCP entity on the MeNB.
- the bearer channel that the SeNB forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB includes an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the SeNB.
- a base station (such as an eNB) mentioned in the embodiments of the present invention refers to a base station and/or a base station cell.
- the embodiments of the present invention are applicable to the two RRC message generation and transmission architectures shown in FIG.
- the SeNB transmits a parameter related to the UE to generate an RRC message to the MeNB, and the MeNB generates a final RRC message, and sends the generated RRC message to the bearer channel of the MeNB and/or the SeNB.
- the MeNB function and the architecture are the same as those in the architecture 1, but the function of the SeNB is further extended, and the SeNB can also generate an RRC message, and can select to transmit to the UE by using the carrier channel of the MeNB and/or the SeNB.
- FIG. 4 a network architecture with one SeNB serving the UE is shown. In an actual application, there may be multiple SeNBs serving the UE, and the scenario may also adopt the foregoing four types provided by the embodiments of the present invention. Program.
- the following is an example of the RRC message generation and transmission architecture shown in FIG. 4, which illustrates the configuration of a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message.
- the principle is applicable to a network architecture in which a UE has multiple SeNBs.
- Transmission Architecture 1 RRC message transmission and forwarding, using shared bearer channels
- the base station sends the RRC message generated by the base station, and forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by other base stations, and uses the same carrier channel.
- the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit used by the MeNB to transmit the RRC message generated by the MeNB may also be used to forward the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the SeNB.
- the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit used by the SeNB to transmit the RRC message generated by the SeNB may also be used to forward the RRC message or RRC message generated by the MeNB or other SeNBs (in the scenario of multiple SeNBs). data pack.
- the MeNB sends the RRC message generated by the MeNB and forwards the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the SeNB, and may include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the MeNB. Or include: RLC entity unit, MAC entity unit, and PHY entity unit.
- the SeNB sends the RRC message generated by the SeNB and the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB or other SeNB (in the scenario of multiple SeNBs), and may also include the PDCP entity unit and the RLC on the SeNB.
- the physical unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit or include: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit.
- the UE configures a bearer channel for receiving the RRC message for the MeNB and each SeNB.
- the channel of the RRC message may include a logical unit such as a PHY entity unit, a MAC entity unit, an RLC entity entity unit, and a PDCP entity unit of the UE.
- the RLC physical unit in the channel transmitting the RRC message may correspond to an independent MAC entity unit, whether on the base station side or the UE side.
- a typical structure of the above transmission architecture 1 can be as shown in FIG.
- the bearer channel 1 is generated by the transmitting MeNB.
- the bearer channel of the RRC message; the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel that the RRC message generated by the MeNB is forwarded by the SeNB;
- the bearer channel 3 is a bearer channel that sends the RRC message generated by the SeNB;
- the bearer channel 4 is the bearer that the RRC message generated by the SeNB is forwarded by the MeNB. aisle.
- the UE may receive the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the bearer channel 1 and/or the bearer channel 2, and may receive the RRC message generated by the SeNB through the bearer channel 3 and/or the bearer channel 4.
- the above bearer channels are all SRB-level channels.
- Transmission Architecture 2 RRC message transmission and forwarding, using independent bearer channels, and RRC message shunting by PDCP entity unit
- the base station sends an RRC message generated by the base station, and forwards an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by another base station, and uses different bearer channels.
- the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit used by the MeNB to transmit the RRC message generated by the MeNB itself, and the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the SeNB are two independent groups.
- Logic unit Similarly, the PDeNB entity unit and the RLC entity unit used by the SeNB to transmit the RRC message generated by the SeNB, and the RRC message or RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB or other SeNB (in the scenario of multiple SeNBs) are forwarded.
- the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit are two independent logical units.
- the MeNB sends the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the MeNB, and may include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the MeNB; the MeNB forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the SeNB.
- the bearer channel may include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit, where the MeNB forwards the RRC message generated by the SeNB or the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit in the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, a PHY entity unit, and a bearer channel formed by a PDCP entity unit in the SeNB (which may be a PDCP entity unit in the bearer channel in which the SeNB sends the RRC message generated by the SeNB, or an independent PDCP entity unit) is used as the UE.
- a PDCP entity unit in the SeNB which may be a PDCP entity unit in the bearer channel in which the SeNB sends the RRC message generated by the SeNB, or an independent PDCP entity unit
- the SeNB sends a bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the SeNB, which may include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the SeNB; the SeNB forwards the MeNB or other SeNBs (in the case of multiple SeNBs) Instance generated) RRC
- the bearer channel of the message or RRC message processing data packet may include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit, where the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, the PHY entity unit, and the RRC message or the RRC are generated.
- a PDCP entity unit in a base station (MeNB or other SeNB) of the message processing data packet (which may be a PDCP entity unit in a bearer channel that generates a RRC message generated by the base station by the base station that generates the RRC message or the RRC message data processing packet, or may A bearer channel formed by a separate PDCP entity unit is used to provide services for the UE.
- the UE On the UE side, the UE respectively sends a bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message generated by the base station and a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message generated by the other base station to the MeNB and each SeNB, and respectively configured to receive the bearer channel of the RRC message.
- the channel used by the UE to receive the RRC message may include a logical unit such as a PHY entity unit, a MAC entity unit, an RLC entity entity unit, and a PDCP entity unit of the UE.
- a typical structure of the above transmission architecture 2 can be as shown in FIG. 6.
- FIG. 6 In order to facilitate the description of the data transmission process,
- the bearer channels on the MeNB are presented separately.
- the bearer channel 1 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the MeNB;
- the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel that the RRC message generated by the MeNB is forwarded by the SeNB;
- the bearer channel 3 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the SeNB;
- the RRC message generated by the SeNB passes through the bearer channel forwarded by the MeNB.
- the UE may receive the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the channel 1 and/or the channel 2, and may receive the RRC message generated by the SeNB through the channel 3 and/or the carrier channel 4.
- the above bearer channels are all SRB level channels.
- Transmission architecture 3 RRC message transmission and forwarding, using independent bearer channels, and RRC message offloading by RLC entity unit
- the transmission architecture is basically similar to the foregoing transmission architecture 2.
- the base station sends an RRC message generated by the base station, and forwards an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by another base station, and uses different bearer channels.
- the bearer channel of the processing data packet in which the base station forwards the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the other base station may include: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit.
- the bearer channel 1 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the MeNB
- the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel that the RRC message generated by the MeNB is forwarded by the SeNB
- the bearer channel 3 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the SeNB
- the RRC message generated by the SeNB passes through the bearer channel forwarded by the MeNB.
- the UE may receive the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the channel 1 and/or the channel 2, and may receive the RRC message generated by the SeNB through the channel 3 and/or the carrier channel 4.
- the above bearer channels are all SRB level channels.
- Transport Architecture 4 RLC Message Diversion by RLC Entity Unit
- the RRC message can only be generated by the MeNB. Therefore, the bearer channel that forwards the RRC message can include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the MeNB, and the bearer channel can include: RLC entity unit, MAC entity unit, PHY entity unit.
- the UE separately allocates a logical unit combination for the bearer channel of the RRC message sent by the MeNB and each SeNB.
- the logical unit combination corresponding to the MeNB may include: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit
- the logical unit combination corresponding to the SeNB may include: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit.
- the bearer channel 1 is a bearer channel for the MeNB to send an RRC message
- the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel for the MeNB to forward the RRC message through the SeNB.
- the UE may receive an RRC message through bearer channel 1 and/or bearer channel 2.
- the above bearer channels are all SRB level channels.
- Transport Architecture 5 RLC message shunting by PDCP entity unit
- the transmission architecture differs from the transmission architecture 5 in that: the bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message includes: The PDCP entity further includes a PDCP entity unit; the bearer channel further includes a PDCP entity unit on the UE side.
- the bearer channel 1 is a bearer channel for the MeNB to send the RRC message; the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel for the MeNB to forward the RRC message through the SeNB.
- the UE may receive an RRC message through bearer channel 1 and/or bearer channel 2.
- the above bearer channels are all SRB level channels.
- Transmission architecture 6 Both the first base station and the second base station can generate an RRC message, and the generated RRC message needs to be forwarded by other base stations.
- the bearer channel 1 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the MeNB, where the bearer channel is on the network side, and includes a PDCP entity unit on the first base station and an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PYH entity unit on the second base station;
- the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the SeNB.
- the bearer channel is on the network side, and includes a PDCP entity unit on the second base station and an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PYH entity unit on the first base station.
- the above bearer channels are all SRB level channels.
- a typical structure of the above transmission architecture 7 can be as shown in Fig. 9C. It can be seen that a group of logical units (PDCP entity unit, RLC entity unit, MAC entity unit, PHY entity unit) of the bearer channel 3 on the first base station is used for transmitting the RRC message generated by the first base station, carrying the channel 2 and the bearer.
- the channel 6 shares another group of logical units (the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit) on the first base station, where the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel forwarded by the first base station by the RRC message generated by the second base station, and the bearer channel is carried. 6 is a bearer channel directly sent by the RRC message generated by the first base station to the terminal.
- the second base station also has a similar RRC message transmission structure.
- FIG. 9D A typical structure of the above transmission architecture 7 can be as shown in FIG. 9D.
- the transmission structure of FIG. 9D is similar to that of FIG. 6.
- the carrier channel 5 and the carrier channel 6 are added on the basis of FIG. 6.
- FIG. 9D The newly added carrying channel 5 and the carrying channel 6 are shown, and the carrying channels 1 ⁇ 4 can be referred to FIG. 6.
- the bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message between the RRC entity units between the first base station and the second base station.
- the bearer channel used for transmitting the RRC message generated by the base station in a base station is referred to as the first bearer channel of the base station, and the base station is used to forward the RRC message or RRC message processing data generated by other base stations.
- the bearer channel of the packet is called the second bearer channel of the base station.
- logical units such as a PDCP physical unit, an RLC physical unit, a MAC physical unit, and a PHY physical unit in the MeNB constitute a first bearer channel of the MeNB
- the second bearer channel of the MeNB is also composed of the logical units, that is, The first bearer channel and the second bearer channel of the MeNB can be regarded as the same bearer channel.
- the logical unit such as the PDCP entity unit, the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit in the MeNB constitutes the first of the MeNB.
- the bearer channel, the second bearer channel of the MeNB is composed of logical units such as another group of PDCP entity units, RLC entity units, MAC entity units, and PHY entity units, that is, the first bearer channel and the second bearer channel of the MeNB may be considered to be different. Carrying a channel.
- the first bearer channel in the base station includes a downlink channel and/or an uplink channel.
- the second bearer channel in the base station may also include an uplink channel and/or a downlink channel.
- the RRC message mentioned in each solution of the embodiment of the present invention may include one or a combination of the following messages: a connection setup message, an RRC reconfiguration message, and an RRC connection re-establishment message.
- the RRC message processing data packet mentioned in each scheme of the embodiment of the present invention may be one of the following data packets of the RRC message: an SDU data packet at the PDCP layer, an SDU data packet at the PDCP layer, and an SDU data packet at the RLC layer. , PDU packets at the RLC layer, packets at the MAC layer, and packets at the physical layer.
- the RRC message corresponding to the feedback information of the RRC message mentioned in the solutions of the embodiments of the present invention includes one of the following: an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection setup failure message, an RRC reconfiguration complete message, an RRC reconfiguration failure message, and an RRC connection.
- the re-establishment completion message, the RRC connection re-establishment failure message includes one of the following: an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection setup failure message, an RRC reconfiguration complete message, an RRC reconfiguration failure message, and an RRC connection.
- the feedback information of the RRC message mentioned in each solution of the embodiment of the present invention may be an RRC message of the RRC layer; or may be one of the following processing data packets of the RRC message: an SDU data packet at the PDCP layer, and an SDU at the PDCP layer.
- the feedback information of the RRC message may also include a message that the terminal actively reports.
- the measurement report message of the terminal After the terminal obtains the RRC message related to the measurement configuration sent by the base station, the terminal returns an RRC feedback message to the base station to indicate that the measurement configuration is completed, and the measurement report message may be further fed back.
- the measurement report message is also a type of feedback information of the RRC message. Therefore, after receiving the RRC message, the terminal may report the feedback information of the RRC message one or more times, and the feedback information of the RRC message reported each time may be different. The specific content of the feedback information of the RRC message needs to be determined according to the actual scenario.
- the first base and the second base station are ordinary base stations.
- the first base station is a primary base station
- the second base station is a secondary base station.
- the first base station is the primary base station
- the second base station is the primary base station
- the first base station is the secondary base station
- the second base station is the secondary base station.
- the primary base station may also be referred to as an anchor base station or a virtual base station.
- the primary base station can be responsible for terminating the S1-MME.
- the base station can be used as a mobility anchor for the core network or a macro base station.
- the secondary base station (SeNB) is a base station that is not the first base station, and is also a small base station (such as the aforementioned Pico, Femto, LoMo, AP, LPN, RRH), and may also be referred to as a small cell base station, and may provide a data offload service for the UE.
- the second base station may also be the first network node, and the base station to which the first network node belongs may be the first base station, which is not limited by the present invention.
- the second base station of the present invention can be understood as a general term for a base station that is not a first type of base station, and is referred to as a second type of base station, and not only refers to a second base station.
- the first base station and the second base station may provide a separate bearer service for the UE.
- the first base station can also be understood as a first type of base station.
- the primary base station and the secondary base station may provide dual connectivity services for the UE and or provide separate bearer services.
- FIG. 10A is a flowchart of an RRC message transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the process may include: Step 101: A first base station generates an RRC message;
- Step 102 The first base station sends the RRC message to the terminal; and/or, the first base station sends the RRC message or the processing data packet of the RRC message to the terminal by using the second base station, where the number of the second base station is one. Or multiple.
- the "first base station” may represent the MeNB or the SeNB, and if the “first base station” represents the MeNB, the “second base station” represents the SeNB; if the “first base station” represents the SeNB, the “second base station” may represent the MeNB and / or other SeNB.
- the first base station in order for the UE to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message, the first base station carries information for identifying the base station and/or the base station cell that generated the RRC message in the RRC message generated by the first base station.
- the information for identifying the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message may be: an identifier of the base station and/or the base station message that generates the RRC message.
- the UE may identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generated the RRC message according to the identifier of the base station and/or the base station message that is generated in the RRC message and that generates the RRC message.
- the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message may also be a transmission identifier of the RRC message.
- the base station and the transmission identifier have a mapping relationship, and/or the base station cell and the transmission identifier have a mapping relationship, and different base stations or base station cells can use different transmission identifiers.
- the transmission identifier of the RRC message may be the Transaction ID of the RRC message.
- the mapping relationship may be pre-configured on the UE, or may be negotiated between the first base station and the second base station. Further, the first base station and/or the second base station sends the negotiated mapping relationship information to the UE.
- the UE may determine the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message according to the transmission identifier of the RRC message carried in the RRC message and the mapping relationship between the transmission identifier and the base station and/or the base station cell.
- the mapping relationship between the transmission identifier and the base station can take multiple representations.
- a preferred representation is xx-yy, where XX represents the transmission identifier and yy represents the corresponding base station.
- XX and yy can be interchanged.
- the first base station may also distinguish the content of the RRC message generated by itself from the content of the RRC message generated by the other base station according to the protocol.
- the RRC message content here may be an IE (Information Element) of the RRC message.
- the protocol may specify that the RRC message IE generated by the MeNB and the SeNB is completely distinguishable.
- the RRC message generated by the SeNB is completely related to the scheduling of the SeNB, and the MeNB does not generate such a message.
- the RRC message generated by the MeNB is also not generated by the SeNB. In this way, the UE can identify the base station that generated the RRC message according to the specific content of the RRC message.
- step 101 in order to enable the UE to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generated the RRC message, or
- the UE can send or send the feedback information of the RRC message to the designated base station through the specified bearer channel.
- the first base station can also carry the following indication information in the generated RRC message: a bearer channel for indicating the feedback information of the RRC message.
- the bearer channel indicated by the former may be a bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station from the first base station to the UE (such as DL-1 in FIG. 5, DL-1 in FIG. 6, or DL in FIG. 7). -1), and/or a bearer channel forwarded by the RRC message generated by the first base station through the second base station (such as DL-2 in FIG.
- the base station and/or base station cell information indicated by the eNB may be an identifier of a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message, and/or an identifier of another base station and/or a base station cell, although the other base station is not the RRC message.
- the identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell is further an ECGI (Evolved Cell Global Identifier) evolved cell global identifier, and or a PCI (Physical Layer Cell Identity) physical layer cell identifier.
- the first base station may send, by using the first base station, a downlink channel of the first bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station, and send the RRC message to the terminal; and/or, the first base station generates the first base station.
- the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet is sent to the second base station, and the second base station forwards the RRC message generated by the first base station or the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet by the second base station, and receives the received RRC message or The RRC message processing data packet is forwarded to the terminal.
- process shown in FIG. 10 may further include the following steps:
- Step 103 The first base station receives the feedback information of the RRC message sent by the UE, where the feedback information of the RRC message carries the indication information and/or the transmission identifier.
- FIG. 10B is a flowchart of an RRC message transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the process may include: Step 104: The first base station receives an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by a second base station, where The base station forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station. Specifically, the first base station may forward the received RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet by using the first base station to forward the RRC message generated by the second base station or the downlink channel of the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the method further includes the following steps:
- Step 105 The first base station forwards, by using the first base station, the uplink of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station.
- the channel sends feedback information of the received RRC message.
- the "second base station" here needs to be determined according to the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message. Specifically, after the PDCP entity unit of the first base station parses the indication information in the PDCP SDU or the PDCP PDU corresponding to the feedback information of the received RRC message, the PDCP SDU or the PDCP PDU is forwarded to the first according to the indication information.
- the PDCP entity unit of the second base station is forwarded to the first according to the indication information.
- the first method includes: sending, by the base station, the configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message to the UE, where the process includes: sending, by the first base station, the RRC message and/or the RRC message processing data packet to the UE
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may represent the MeNB or the SeNB.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station to the UE is basically the same as the configuration information of the bearer channel transmitted during the bearer channel configuration process between the base stations. For reference, refer to the description of the subsequent scheme 3.
- FIG. 10B is a flowchart of an RRC message transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the process may include: Step 104: The first base station receives an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by a second base station, where The base station forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station. Specifically, the first base station may forward the received RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet by using the first base station to forward the RRC message generated by the second base station or the downlink channel of the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the method further includes the following steps:
- Step 105 The first base station forwards the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station by using the first base station, and sends the feedback information of the received RRC message.
- the "second base station" here needs to be determined according to the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message. Specifically, after the PDCP entity unit of the first base station parses the indication information in the PDCP SDU or the PDCP PDU corresponding to the feedback information of the received RRC message, the PDCP SDU or the PDCP PDU is forwarded to the first according to the indication information.
- the PDCP entity unit of the second base station is forwarded to the first according to the indication information.
- the first method includes: sending, by the base station, the configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message to the UE, where the process includes: sending, by the first base station, the RRC message and/or the RRC message processing data packet to the UE
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may represent the MeNB or the SeNB.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station to the UE is basically the same as the configuration information of the bearer channel transmitted during the bearer channel configuration process between the base stations. For reference, refer to the description of the subsequent scheme 3.
- the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for sending an RRC message to a scenario in which a plurality of base stations serve a terminal, and the RRC message can be directly sent to the terminal by the generating base station according to actual needs. It can also be forwarded to the terminal via other base stations. Further, in order to enable the terminal to send the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station that generates the RRC message, or to the designated base station, the embodiment of the present invention improves the method for the eNB to send the RRC message by carrying the indication information. And enabling the terminal to identify the source of the RRC message, thereby determining a bearer channel for transmitting the feedback information of the RRC message.
- the above scheme is applicable to multiple RRC message transmission architectures.
- Step 1 The first base station generates a receive random access response message.
- Step 2 The first base station sends the random access response message to the terminal, and/or, the first base station sends the random access response message or the processing data packet of the random access response message to the terminal by using the second base station,
- the number of the second base stations is one or more.
- the "first base station” may represent the MeNB or the SeNB, and if the “first base station” represents the MeNB, the “second base station” represents the SeNB; if the “first base station” represents the SeNB, the “second base station” may represent the MeNB and / or other SeNB.
- the first base station in order to enable the UE to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message, the first base station carries a random access response message generated by the first base station to identify the random access response message. Information about the base station and/or base station cell.
- the information for identifying the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message may be: an identifier of the base station and/or the base station message that generates the random access response message.
- the UE may identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message according to the identifier of the base station and/or the base station message that is generated in the random access response message and that generates the random access response message.
- the information for identifying the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message may also be a transmission identifier of the random access response message.
- the base station and the transmission identifier have a mapping relationship, and/or the base station cell and the transmission identifier have a mapping relationship, and different base stations or base station cells can use different transmission identifiers.
- the transmission identifier of the random access response message may be the Transaction ID of the random access response message.
- the mapping relationship may be pre-configured on the UE, or may be negotiated between the first base station and the second base station. Further, the first base station and/or the second base station sends the negotiated mapping relationship information to the UE.
- the UE may determine the base station and/or the base station generating the random access response message according to the transmission identifier of the random access response message carried in the random access response message and the mapping relationship between the transmission identifier and the base station and/or the base station cell.
- Base station cell The mapping relationship between the transmission identifier and the base station can be in multiple representations. A preferred representation is xx-yy, XX represents the transmission identifier, and yy represents the corresponding base station.
- the first base station may also separately generate the content of the random access response message generated by itself from other base stations according to the protocol.
- the content of the random access response message herein may be an IE (Information Element) of the random access response message.
- the protocol may specify that: the random access response message IE generated by the MeNB and the SeNB is completely distinguishable, and vice versa, and the random access response message generated by the MeNB is not generated by the SeNB. In this way, the UE may identify the base station that generates the random access response message according to the specific content of the random access response message.
- step 1 in order to enable the UE to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generated the random access response message, or to enable the UE to send or send the feedback information of the random access response message to the designated bearer through the designated bearer channel.
- the base station may also carry the following indication information in the generated random access response message: indication information indicating a bearer channel for transmitting feedback information of the random access response message, or indicating to receive the random connection Enter The indication information of the base station and/or the base station cell information of the feedback information of the response message.
- Step 3 The first base station receives the feedback information of the random access response message sent by the UE, where the feedback information of the random access response message carries the indication information and/or the transmission identifier.
- the method may include:
- Step 4 The first base station receives the random access response message or the random access response message processing data packet generated by the second base station, and the first base station forwards the random access response message or the random access response message generated by the second base station to process the data packet. .
- step 4 If the first base station determines that the feedback information of the random access response message needs to be forwarded according to the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the received random access response message, after step 4, The following steps:
- Step 5 The first base station forwards the feedback information of the received random access response message.
- the "second base station” here needs to be determined according to the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message.
- Solution 2 Method for transmitting feedback information of RRC message
- FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting feedback information of an RRC message according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the process is described by using a generating base station of an RRC message as a first base station, where the “first base station” may represent an MeNB or a SeNB. If “first base station” represents MeNB, then “second base station” represents SeNB; if “first base station” represents SeNB, then “second base station” may represent MeNB and/or other SeNB.
- the process can include:
- Step 111 The UE receives an RRC message.
- Step 113 The UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the first base station that generates the RRC message, and/or sends the information to the second base station.
- step 112 may be further included: the UE determines a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- step 111 the process of the base station transmitting the RRC message can be referred to the description of the first solution.
- the UE may determine a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message according to information used by the RRC message to identify a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message; and/or The base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message may be determined according to the RRC message content.
- the base station may distinguish the content of the RRC message generated by the base station from the content of the RRC message generated by the other base station, and the UE may determine the base station or the base station cell that generates the RRC message according to the content of the RRC message, and further determine the sending.
- the upstream channel of the feedback information of the RRC message may be used to distinguish the content of the RRC message generated by the base station from the content of the RRC message generated by the other base station.
- the information about the base station and/or the base station cell that is used to generate the RRC message, which is carried in the RRC message, may be the identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell, or may be the transmission identifier of the RRC message.
- the base station or The base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier. Therefore, the UE can determine the base station or the base station cell that generates the RRC message according to the indication information page.
- the indication information and the carrying manner refer to the related description in the first scheme, and details are not described herein.
- the mapping relationship between the base station or the base station cell and the transmission identifier is sent to the UE after being negotiated between the base station or the base station cell. Therefore, correspondingly, the UE side further includes the step of receiving the mapping relationship information sent by the base station.
- the mapping relationship information may be pre-configured on the UE, and the UE may determine the base station that generates the RRC message according to the mapping relationship information that is pre-configured on the UE and the transmission identifier carried in the received RRC message. Base station cell.
- the RRC message may further carry indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends feedback information of the RRC message, or a base station that is used to indicate feedback information of the RRC message and/or Or base station cell information.
- the UE may determine, according to the bearer channel indicated by the indication information, an uplink channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message, or determine, according to the base station or the base station cell that generates the RRC message indicated by the indication information, to send the RRC message.
- the uplink channel of the feedback information, or the base station or the base station cell that forwards the feedback information of the RRC message according to the indication information determines an uplink channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message.
- the UE may carry the indication information and/or the transmission identifier in the feedback information of the RRC message.
- the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message is the same as the transmission identifier carried in the RRC message.
- the UE may carry the indication information in the SDU or PDU of the PDCP layer corresponding to the feedback information of the RRC message, or in the SLC or PDU of the RLC layer.
- the indication information may also be carried in an RRC message for transmitting feedback information of the RRC message.
- the indication information carried in the feedback information of the RRC message may indicate whether the receiving base station of the feedback information forwards the feedback information or parses the feedback information. If the receiving base station needs to forward the feedback information, the base station may be further indicated to be forwarded. And the base station cell, the indication information may further indicate the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message, and the indication information is used to enable the receiving base station of the feedback information to determine the subsequent processing after receiving the feedback information. operating. Specifically, the indication information can be used to indicate one of the following:
- the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message needs to forward the feedback information of the RRC message;
- the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message need to parse the feedback information of the RRC message to the RRC layer;
- the indication information may be carried in an SDU (Service Data Unit) or a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) of the PDCP layer corresponding to the feedback information of the RRC message, or in the RLC. Layer SDU or PDU.
- the indication information page may be carried in an RRC message for transmitting feedback information of the RRC message.
- the UE may send the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station, send the feedback information of the RRC message to the first base station, and/or forward the first base station by using the second base station.
- the generated RRC message or the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet transmits the feedback information of the RRC message to the second base station.
- the SRB identifier of the first bearer channel of the first base station is the same as or different from the SRB identifier of the second bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet of the second base station.
- the SRB identifier may be an existing SRB identifier (such as SRB0, SRB SRB2) or an extended SRB identifier (such as SRB3).
- the UE sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the first base station and the second base station.
- the process may occur in the process of establishing an SRB bearer by the second base station, or establishing a DRB bearer, or establishing a tunnel bearer, or establishing a data offload bearer.
- the UE may send the feedback information of the RRC message to the first base station that generates the RRC message, and/or to other base stations other than the base station that generates the RRC message.
- the second base station the UE sends the feedback message of the RRC message to the dedicated bearer channel used by the first base station to send the feedback information of the RRC message, where the dedicated bearer channel belongs to the base station that generates the RRC message, or does not belong to the RRC.
- the base station corresponding to the process of transmitting the configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message to the UE, and the method for receiving the configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message sent by the base station in the second scheme may be further included in the second scheme.
- the process may include: receiving, by the UE, configuration information of a bearer channel sent by the first base station for transmitting an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet.
- the "first base station" therein may represent the MeNB or the SeNB.
- the content of the configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station to the UE is basically the same as the configuration information of the bearer channel transmitted during the bearer channel configuration process between the base stations. For reference, refer to the description of the subsequent scheme 3.
- the foregoing solution 2 is applicable to all the foregoing RRC message transmission structures.
- the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for sending feedback information of an RRC message to a scenario in which a plurality of base stations serve a terminal, and may send the feedback information of the RRC message to the actual needs.
- the base station that generates the RRC message may also be sent to other base stations or forwarded by other base stations to the base station that generates the RRC message.
- the embodiment of the present invention improves the method for the eNB to send the RRC message by carrying the indication information.
- the embodiment of the present invention performs the feedback information of the RRC message. Expanding, carrying indication information therein, so that the receiving base station can determine whether to turn The target base station that sends and forwards.
- the above scheme is applicable to multiple RRC message transmission architectures.
- Another message transmission process of Option 2 may include:
- Step 1 The UE receives a random access response message.
- Step 3 The UE sends the feedback information of the random access response message to the first base station that generates the random access response message, and/or sends the information to the second base station.
- step 2 may be further included: the UE determines a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the random access response message.
- step 1 the process of the base station transmitting the random access response message can be referred to the description of the first solution.
- the UE may determine, according to information about the base station and/or the base station cell that is used to identify the random access response message that is carried in the random access response message, the base station that generates the random access response message. And/or a base station cell; and/or, the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message may be determined according to the content of the random access response message.
- the base station may distinguish the content of the random access response message generated by the base station from the content of the random access response message generated by the other base station, and the UE may determine to generate the random access according to the content of the random access response message. And responding to the base station or the base station cell of the message, and further determining an uplink channel for transmitting the feedback information of the random access response message.
- the information about the base station and/or the base station cell that is used to identify the random access response message, which is carried in the random access response message may be the identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell, or may be The transmission identifier of the random access response message, where the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier, so the UE can determine the base station or the base station cell that generates the random access response message according to the indication information page.
- the indication information and the carrying manner refer to the related description in the first scheme, and details are not described herein.
- the mapping relationship between the base station or the base station cell and the transmission identifier is negotiated between the station and the base station cell and sent to the UE. Therefore, correspondingly, the UE side further includes the step of receiving the mapping relationship information sent by the base station.
- the mapping relationship information may also be pre-configured on the UE, and the UE may determine to generate the random connection according to the mapping relationship information pre-configured on the UE and the transmission identifier carried in the received random access response message. The base station or base station cell into the response message.
- the random access response message may further include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or is used to indicate that the random access is received.
- indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or is used to indicate that the random access is received.
- Base station and/or base station cell information in response to feedback information of the message.
- the UE may determine, according to the bearer channel indicated by the indication information, an uplink channel that sends feedback information of the random access response message, or a base station or a base station cell that generates the random access response message according to the indication information, Determining an uplink channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or determining, according to the base station or the base station cell that forwards the feedback information of the random access response message indicated by the indication information, to send the random access response message The upstream channel of the feedback information.
- the UE may carry the indication information and/or the transmission identifier in the feedback information of the random access response message.
- the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the random access response message is the same as the transmission identifier carried in the random access response message.
- the UE may carry the indication information in the SDU or PDU of the PDCP layer corresponding to the feedback information of the random access response message, or in the RLC layer SDU or PDU.
- the indication information may also be carried in a random access response message for transmitting feedback information of the random access response message.
- the indication information carried in the feedback information of the random access response message may be used to indicate whether the receiving base station of the feedback information forwards the feedback information or parses the feedback information. If the receiving base station needs to forward the feedback information, the destination information may be further forwarded to The target base station and/or the base station cell, the indication information may also indicate the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message, and the indication information is used to enable the receiving base station of the feedback information to receive the feedback information.
- the subsequent processing operations can be determined.
- the indication information can be used to indicate one of the following:
- the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the random access response message needs to forward the feedback information of the random access response message;
- the indication information may be carried in an SDU (Service Data Unit) or a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) of the PDCP layer corresponding to the feedback information of the random access response message, or in the RLC layer. SDU or PDU.
- the indication information page may be carried in a random access response message for transmitting feedback information of the random access response message.
- a cell that provides a bearer service for a UE is subordinate to a base station, and is connected by a fiber with almost no delay.
- the cell does not need to negotiate the establishment, modification, and release of the bearer channel.
- the UE has access to another cell in the case of at least one serving cell, the cell is first accessed to the cell.
- the cell establishes a bearer.
- the cells may be time-delayed backhaul networks, and one base station or one centralized control network element cannot be used to effectively control multiple cells in real time. In this case, a relatively balanced distributed method may be adopted. Effectively maintain the performance of the entire network.
- the establishment, modification, and release process of the bearer channel or the channel for transmitting information needs to be negotiated between the cells, or the base station to which the cell belongs.
- the UE may acquire the configuration information of the bearer channel and then establish synchronization with the cell, because the multiple cells and the UE may include the RLC layer and the bearer channel of the PDCP.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a bearer channel configuration (establishment) according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the process may include:
- Step 121 The first base station sends an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the second base station, where the RRC message transmission is performed. And a configuration request message, configured to request the second base station to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
- the first eNB may send the RRC message transmission configuration request message to the second base station, or may send the configuration request message of the RRC message bearer channel to the UE, and instruct the UE to configure the RRC message bearer channel.
- the request message is sent to the second base station.
- Step 122 The second base station receives the RRC message transmission configuration request message, and establishes, according to the RRC message transmission configuration request message, the second base station to forward the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the foregoing process may further include:
- Step 123 The second base station returns an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration request message to the first base station. Further, the foregoing process may further include:
- Step 124 The first base station and/or the second base station send configuration information of the bearer channel to the UE.
- the foregoing process may further include:
- Step 125 The UE returns configuration completion information or failure information to the first and/or the second base station.
- the configuration completion information may be an RRC reconfiguration complete message, which is used to indicate that the configuration of the bearer channel is complete; or the configuration completion information may be a MAC CE, which is used to indicate that the configuration of the bearer channel is complete.
- Steps 123 and 124 in the above process do not have strict timing requirements.
- the RRC message transmission configuration request message may be used to request the second base station to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station signaling radio bearer.
- the configuration request message may carry one or a combination of the following information:
- the first base station forwards the RRC message generated by the second base station or the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message processing data packet; the first base station expects the second base station established by the second base station to forward the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may include PDCP layer configuration information of the first base station.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel includes: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit At least one parameter configuration information in the information and physical layer unit information.
- the first base station may further carry the interface information between the first base station and the second base station in an RRC message transmission configuration request message, where the interface information is that the second base station forwards the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the first base station.
- the interface information of the inter-base station interface corresponding to the bearer channel of the data packet on the first base station side.
- the interface information may include one or a combination of the following: GTP (General Data Transfer Platform) pipe end point information and/or transport layer address information, channel information between the RRC entity unit and the PDCP entity unit (channel information may include Channel identification information and channel configuration information), channel information between the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit.
- GTP General Data Transfer Platform
- channel information may include Channel identification information and channel configuration information
- channel information between the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit channel information between the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit.
- the second base station may carry the interface information between the second base station and the first base station in an acknowledgement message, where the interface is a bearer channel corresponding to the second base station forwarding the RRC message generated by the first base station or the RRC message processing data packet.
- the interface information may include one or a combination of: GTP pipe end point information and/or transport layer address information, channel information between the RRC entity unit and the PDCP entity unit, channel information between the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit.
- the first base station may configure a bearer channel of the first base station according to the interface information.
- the confirmation request information may further include bearer channel configuration information of the second station, and/or the second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may include: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit At least one parameter configuration information in the information and physical layer unit information.
- the first base station sends configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message to the UE, where the sent bearer channel configuration information includes one or a combination of the following:
- the first base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station;
- the second base station sends configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station;
- the second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station may be: the PDCP entity unit information, the RLC entity unit information, the channel identifier between the PDCP and the RLC, and the PDCP. And at least one parameter configuration information between the channel configuration information, the logical channel identifier, the logical channel configuration information, the MAC entity unit information, and the physical layer unit information.
- the second base station established by the second base station forwards the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, and may include: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer entity unit. Or, comprising: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer entity unit, where the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the physical layer entity unit are in a bearer channel that is sent by the first base station to the RRC message generated by the first base station;
- the bearer channel formed by the PDCP entity unit or the independent PDCP entity unit provides services for the terminal.
- the first base station may further send indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to trigger the terminal to receive or send data by using the bearer channel of the first base station and/or the second base station for transmitting the RRC message.
- the indication information may include: a combination of one or more of an RRC layer indication information, a MAC layer command, and a physical layer command of the first base station.
- the first base station sends configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message to the UE. Then, the indication information sent by the terminal to the first base station may be received, and the first base station is triggered to start transmitting and receiving data according to the configured configuration information of the carried bearer channel. Specifically, the first base station receives the indication information sent by the terminal and/or the indication information of the terminal forwarded by the second base station, and uses the first base station and/or the second base station to transmit the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet to receive the bearer channel. Or send data for the terminal.
- the first base station or the second base station may further send auxiliary information to the terminal, where the auxiliary information may include a C-RNTI (Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier) and/or timing for the second base station cell. Advance information.
- C-RNTI Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier
- the method may further include: sending, by the second base station, a first request message to the first base station, where the first request message is used to request the first base station to go to the second The base station sends an RRC message transmission configuration request message.
- the first base station may also initiate a modification process of the bearer channel configuration information.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a modification process of a bearer channel configuration information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the process may include: Step 131: The first base station sends an RRC message transmission configuration modification message to the second base station, where the RRC message transmission configuration modification message is sent. And the second base station is configured to modify, by the second base station, the bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, and/or for modifying the configuration information of the bearer channel of the first base station of the second base station.
- Step 132 In the case that the RRC message transmission configuration modification message is used to request the second base station to modify the second base station to forward the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, the second base station transmits according to the RRC message. And configuring a modification message, and modifying, by the second base station, the RRC message generated by the first base station or the carrier channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the foregoing process may further include:
- Step 133 The second base station returns an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration modification message to the first base station. Further, the foregoing process may further include:
- Step 134 The first base station and/or the second base station send configuration information of the modified bearer channel to the UE.
- the foregoing process may further include:
- Step 135 The UE returns configuration completion information or failure information to the first and/or the second base station.
- the configuration completion information may be an RRC reconfiguration complete message, which is used to indicate that the modification of the bearer channel is complete; or the configuration completion information may be a MAC CE, which is used to indicate that the modification of the bearer channel is completed.
- the configuration modification message carries the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify
- the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify may include: PDCP physical unit information Parameter configuration information of at least one of RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information .
- the configuration modification message is used to notify the second base station that the configuration information of the bearer channel of the first base station is modified, and the configuration modification message may carry the configuration information of the bearer channel modified by the first base station.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel modified by the first base station that is carried in the configuration modification message may include: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, and channel configuration between PDCP and RLC.
- Parameter configuration information of at least one of information, logical channel identification, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information.
- the acknowledgment message returned by the second base station may include: the second base station that is modified by the second base station forwards configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
- the first base station may send, to the terminal, the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station modified by the second base station.
- the method may further include: the second base station sends a second request message to the first base station, where the second request message is used to request the first base station to send a configuration modification message of the RRC message transmission channel to the second base station.
- the first base station may also initiate a process of releasing the bearer channel.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a bearer channel release according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the process may include: Step 141: A first base station sends an RRC message transmission configuration release message to a second base station, where the RRC message transmission configuration release message is And a host channel for requesting the second base station to release the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, and/or for notifying the second base station that the first base station releases the bearer channel for sending the RRC message.
- Step 142 In the case that the RRC message bearer channel release message is used to request the second base station to release the second base station to forward the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, the second base station transmits according to the RRC message.
- the configuration release message releases the bearer channel that the second base station forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
- the foregoing process may further include:
- Step 143 The second base station returns, to the first base station, an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration release message.
- the foregoing process may further include:
- Step 144 The first base station and/or the second base station notify the UE of the release of the bearer channel.
- the foregoing process may further include:
- Step 145 The UE returns bearer channel configuration completion information or failure information to the first base station and/or the second base station.
- the configuration completion information is RRC reconfiguration complete information, and is used to indicate that the release of the bearer channel of the RRC message sent by the first base station and/or the second base station is complete; or the configuration completion information is MACCE, and is used to indicate the first base station and/or Or the release of the bearer channel of the RRC message sent by the second base station is completed.
- the first base station may send an RRC message transmission configuration release message to the UE, where the release message is used for The terminal is requested to release the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station.
- the foregoing process may further include: releasing, by the first base station, the first base station, where the second base station forwards the generated by the first base station
- the RRC message or RRC message handles the bearer channel of the data packet, such as PDCP entity unit configuration information.
- the second base station initiates the bearer channel configuration process, or initiates the bearer channel modification process, or initiates the bearer channel release process, which can be implemented by referring to the foregoing corresponding process, and is not described in detail herein.
- the foregoing scheme 3 is applicable to all of the foregoing RRC message transmission structures.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the first base station and/or the second base station to the UE may include: on the first base station and/or the second base station, used to send an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet.
- the content of the configuration information of the bearer channel may include one or a combination of the following: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel ID, logical channel configuration, MAC entity unit information, PHY entity unit information, channel information of the physical layer.
- the first base station and/or the second base station may send the indication information corresponding to the configuration information of the bearer channel to the terminal.
- the indication information may be carried in the configuration information of the bearer channel.
- the indication information may be used to indicate a generated base station or a base station cell of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or a type of a generated base station or a base station cell and an RRC message indicating an RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or used to indicate The type of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel.
- the content of the indication information may include one of the following: SRB identification information corresponding to the bearer channel, identification information of the bearer channel, identification information of the base station or the base station cell, and logical channel identification information.
- the type of the RRC message may indicate that the RRC message is a mobility management related message type, or a type of an RRC message related to a MAC layer and a physical layer, or a type of an RRC message related to a MAC layer and a physical layer of a specified type of base station, or The type of message related to mobility management for a given type of base station.
- a specific type of RRC message is generated only by a specific base station. Further, the type of the RRC message related to the MAC layer and the physical layer may not include the power control related RRC message.
- the first base station and/or the second base station may also send one or a combination of the following mapping relationship information to the UE, and the “information information” in the mapping relationship information is the configuration information of the foregoing bearer channel.
- the mapping relationship information may include:
- mapping information indicating the mapping relationship between the information and the base station or the base station cell, where the base station or the base station cell is the generating base station or the base station cell of the RRC message sent on the bearer channel corresponding to the indication information;
- mapping information indicating the mapping information with the base station or the base station cell and the type of the RRC message, where the base station or the base station cell is the generating base station or the base station cell of the RRC message sent on the bearer channel corresponding to the indication information; And mapping information indicating the type of the RRC message sent on the bearer channel corresponding to the indication information.
- the SRB of the signaling radio bearer channel may be an existing SRB (SRBO, SRB1 or SRB2) or an extended SRB, represented as SRBN (N is a natural number greater than 2), such as SRB3.
- SRBO existing SRB
- SRBN extended SRB
- SRBxx-yy where xx represents the base station and or base station cell information for transmitting the RRC message of the SRB, and yy represents the identifier of the corresponding SRB.
- xx represents the base station and or base station cell information for transmitting the RRC message of the SRB
- yy represents the identifier of the corresponding SRB.
- xx and yy can be interchanged.
- the identifier information of the bearer channel may be an SRB identifier, or may be a new type of bearer identifier defined in the embodiment of the present invention.
- the logical channel identifier used by the SRB or the bearer channel may be an existing logical channel identifier (logical channel 0 or logical channel 1), or may be an extended logical channel identifier, where the extended logical channel identifier is 0. Logical channel identifiers other than 1 and 1, such as logical channel 2.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may include the SRB bearer identifier and configuration information of the corresponding multiple bearer channels.
- the SRB carries the Nth bearer channel of the corresponding multiple bearer channels or the base station and/or the base station cell to which the PDCP layer of the Mth bearer channel belongs, indicating the information of the base station and/or the base station cell of the RRC message identified by the SRB.
- both M and N are 1.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel can include the following configuration information:
- SRB1 (MeNB, PDCP, etc., SeNB PDCP, etc., MeNB PDCP+SeNB RLC, etc.)
- the first bearer channel (the bearer channel identified by "MeNB, PDCP, etc.") or the base station (MeNB) to which the PDCP of the first bearer channel belongs is the base station for generating the RRC message identified by SRB1.
- the generated base station of the RRC message identified by the SRC may be indicated if the SRB corresponds to multiple bearer channels.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may include configuration information of multiple bearer channels.
- the configuration information of the multiple bearer channels is the same as the bearer identifier of the Nth bearer channel of the multiple bearer channels identified by the SRB identifier, and/or the generated base station of the RRC message identified by the SRB identifier.
- the information of the base station cell is the same as the base station and/or the base station cell to which the Mth bearer channel belongs.
- M and N have the same value and may each have a value of 1.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel includes multiple bearer channel configuration information.
- the bearer channel of the RRC message is from the base station of the RRC message to the terminal through the other base station.
- the configuration information of the combined bearer channel may include the following configuration information: (MeNB SRB1, SeNB SRB3)
- the configuration information of the combined bearer channel includes configuration information of two bearer channels: MeNB SRB1 and SeNB SRB3, and the SRB1 of the combined bearer channel may be the same as the bearer identifier of the first bearer channel "MeNB SRB1", or/and
- the generating base station and/or the base station cell of the RRC message identified by the SRB1 of the combined bearer channel is the same as the base station and/or the base station cell "MeNB" to which the first bearer channel "MeNB SRB1" belongs. That is, according to the above rules, the SRB identifier of the combined bearer channel may be determined according to the configuration information of the combined bearer channel, or the type of the RRC message transmitted by the combined channel may be determined.
- the specific content of the bearer channel configuration information sent by the base station to the terminal is also applicable to the foregoing scheme 1 and scheme 2.
- the related processing operations on the terminal side may include: receiving, by the terminal, configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station, where the bearer channel includes one or a combination of the following configuration information: Transmitting, by the first base station, configuration information of a bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station;
- the first base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the second base station; the second base station sends the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station;
- the second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the first base station. Further, after receiving the configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station, the terminal may receive and send data from the corresponding bearer channel according to the received configuration information of the bearer channel; or, after accessing the base station by using a random access procedure And receiving and transmitting data from the corresponding bearer channel according to the configuration information of the pre-configured bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message. Specifically, the process for the terminal to receive the RRC message from the corresponding bearer channel according to the received configuration information of the bearer channel may include: the terminal receiving the indication information sent by the base station, and using the received information according to the indication information.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel establishes a bearer channel, and receives or transmits data from the corresponding bearer channel.
- the indication information may include: a combination of one or more of an RRC layer indication information, a MAC CE, and a physical layer command of the base station. Further, the indication information may be sent by using RRC dedicated signaling.
- the process of receiving, by the terminal, the RRC message from the corresponding bearer channel according to the received configuration information of the bearer channel includes: the terminal sending the indication information to the base station, and triggering the base station that receives the indication information according to the The configuration information of the transmitted bearer channel starts to transmit and receive data, and further, the base station forwards data by using another base station, where the base station and the another base station refer to the first base station and the second base station, or the foregoing a second base station and the first base station described above). Further, the terminal receives and transmits data from the corresponding bearer channel by using the bearer channel corresponding to the received configuration information of the bearer channel according to the indication information.
- the indication information is an RRC message, or a MACCE, or a physical layer command, or a measurement report.
- the indication information is an RRC message, specifically for triggering a base station to send and receive data on the bearer channel.
- the measurement report may carry dedicated measurement information that triggers the base station to transmit and receive data on the bearer channel.
- the base station is configured in advance to trigger a measurement event that the base station sends and/or receives data on the bearer channel, and after detecting that the measurement result meets the measurement event reporting condition, the terminal sends a measurement report based on the measurement event to the base station, and triggers the base station to be in the bearer.
- the channel transmits and/or receives data, and or prompts the base station that the terminal is ready to receive and or transmit data of the bearer channel.
- the indication information may also be sent to the base station by using a MAC CE or a physical layer command, in consideration of the RRC message transmission delay being large. After the terminal sends the indication information in this manner, the base station can quickly parse the information.
- the indication information may be at least one and or a combination of an RRC message, or a MACCE, or a physical layer command.
- the terminal may send the indication information to a cell of the first base station.
- the terminal may send the indication information to the cell of the second base station.
- the meaning of the indication information may be forwarded to the first base station, and the first base station is triggered to the second base station.
- the base station transmits data.
- the indication information of the UE may be sent to the first base station (or the cell of the first base station), or may be sent to The second base station (or the cell of the second base station). Sending twice can also be done in no particular order.
- the first base station sends data to the second base station, and the second base station receives the data of the first base station and forwards the data to the UE.
- the terminal may further receive auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the auxiliary information includes a C-RNTI allocated by the base station to the terminal for the second base station cell.
- the terminal may further include: the terminal receiving configuration information of the modified bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message or the RRC message data packet sent by the base station.
- the method may further include: receiving, by the terminal, a release message of an RRC message bearer channel sent by the base station, and releasing, according to the release message, a corresponding RRC message or RRC message data.
- the carrying channel of the package may further include: receiving, by the terminal, a release message of an RRC message bearer channel sent by the base station, and releasing, according to the release message, a corresponding RRC message or RRC message data.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may include: signaling bearer identification information, PDCP physical unit information, RLC physical unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, PDCP, and At least one parameter configuration information of channel configuration information, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information between the RLCs. Further, the configuration information of the bearer channel may further include: at least one of network node information of a PDCP entity unit, network node information of an RLC entity unit, network node information of a MAC entity unit, and network node information of a physical layer unit.
- the network node information may be at least one of identification information of a network node, frequency information of a network node, PCI (Physical Cell Identity), and ECGI (ETUI Cell Global Identity) information.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may further include: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, a first network node information of the same physical layer unit, and or an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer.
- the second network node information of the same unit may be at least one of identification information of a network node, frequency information of a network node, PCI (Physical Cell Identity), and ECGI (ETUI Cell Global Identity) information.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may further include: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, a first network node information of the same physical layer unit, and or an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer.
- the description of the foregoing solution 3 shows that the management of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message is implemented by the foregoing interaction process, and may include the establishment of the bearer channel, the modification of the bearer channel, and the release process of the bearer channel, especially The management configuration of the signaling radio bearer channel across the base station is implemented.
- the bearer channel established by the foregoing method can implement cross-base station forwarding of RRC messages, and/or cross-base station forwarding of feedback information of RRC messages.
- the above scheme is applicable to a variety of RRC message transmission architectures.
- a control plane data packet such as an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet
- it is often transparent.
- the second base station forwards the RRC message generated by the first base station, it does not know the specific content, which may cause the second base station to delay the transmission of the RRC message according to its own scheduling situation.
- the first base station when forwarding the control plane data packet, may further send the control plane data packet when transmitting the control plane data packet that needs to be forwarded by the second base station to the second base station.
- the indication information may be used to indicate information such as a sending priority of the corresponding control plane data packet and/or a processing operation of the second base station, and the second base station may forward the corresponding control plane data packet according to the indication information.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a forwarding process of a control plane data packet according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the "first base station" in the flow may represent the MeNB or the SeNB. If the "first base station" represents the MeNB, the "second base station” represents the SeNB; if the "first base station” represents the SeNB, the “second base station” may represent MeNB and/or other SeNBs.
- the process can include:
- Step 151 The first base station sends a control plane data packet and indication information to the second base station, so that the second base station sends the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station according to the indication information.
- Step 152 After receiving the control plane data packet, the second base station sends the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station according to the corresponding indication information.
- the first base station may send the indication information corresponding to the control plane data packet before transmitting the control plane data packet, or send the indication information corresponding to the control plane data packet after transmitting the control plane data packet, or may Sent at the same time as the control plane packet.
- the indication information may include one or a combination of the following:
- the time information of the control plane data packet wherein the time information includes at least one of a time urgency, a maximum tolerance delay, and the like;
- Processing information of the control plane data packet by the base station that forwards the control plane data packet wherein different processing information may represent different forwarding policies.
- the second base station and/or the second base station', the area release information for the connection of the terminal are provided.
- the second base station and/or the second base station cell release information for the connection of the data radio bearer and/or the signalling radio bearer of the terminal.
- the basis of the control plane data packet classification may include: a protocol layer to which the control plane data packet belongs, including: an RRC layer message, a PDCP layer message, an RLC layer message, a MAC layer message, and one of physical layer messages.
- the control plane packet classification may also be based on: mobility management related messages, physical layer radio resource configuration information, NAS (Non-Access Stratum) information, or handover base stations.
- the classification information of the control plane data packet is used to indicate that the information corresponding to the control plane data packet (ie, the control information in the control plane data packet) is a mobility management related message, or a physical layer radio resource configuration information, or a NAC layer information. , or switch the message of the second base station.
- the classification information of the control plane data packet may also be used to instruct the second base station to perform corresponding scheduling and transmission processing.
- the classification information of the control plane data packet can indicate which type of information (the mobility management related message or the physical layer radio resource configuration information, etc.) of the information corresponding to the control plane data packet belongs to, and
- the base station for forwarding control plane data packets can be represented to perform corresponding scheduling and transmission processing.
- the second base station when forwarding the control plane data packet, the second base station has a higher temporal urgency of the control plane data packet indicated by the corresponding indication information, or a higher importance of the control plane data packet, or control plane data. If the level of the packet is high, the second base station preferentially schedules and transmits the control plane data packet.
- the threshold value of the urgency parameter corresponding to the control plane data packet that needs to be preferentially scheduled and transmitted, or the threshold value of the importance parameter, or the threshold value of the level parameter may be set according to actual needs.
- the second base station may compare the parameter value in the indication information corresponding to the control data packet that needs to be forwarded with the threshold value of the corresponding parameter to determine a scheduling and sending policy adopted by the control data packet.
- the correspondence between the classification information of the control plane data packet and the forwarding strategy of the control plane data packet may be preset according to requirements.
- the second base station may use the corresponding forwarding policy to schedule the control plane data packet according to the type of the control plane data packet indicated by the corresponding indication information. send.
- the control plane data packet may be scheduled and sent according to the forwarding policy of the control plane data packet indicated by the corresponding indication information.
- step 152 when the second base station forwards the control plane data packet, the control plane data packet may be scheduled and sent according to the processing information of the control plane data packet indicated by the corresponding indication information.
- the control plane data packet in the foregoing process may include: an RRC message or an RRC message after passing through the RRC entity unit,
- a packet processed by a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, or a MAC entity unit may also be other types of control messages or data packets processed by the control message through the RRC entity unit, the PDCP entity unit, the RLC entity unit or the MAC entity unit.
- a specific example of the foregoing control plane packet forwarding method is: when the first base station decides to switch the UE from the second base station, the handover command and the corresponding indication information may be sent to the second base station, where the indication information indicates the handover command
- the urgency is higher, the degree of importance is higher, the mobility information is, the level is one level (higher level), or the second base station is notified to immediately send the message (stopping the reconfiguration information transmission of the second base station itself).
- the second base station may send the handover command to the UE as soon as possible according to the corresponding indication information, and may further stop transmitting the control plane to the UE, considering that the subsequent UE will switch to another base station. Or information on the data side.
- the second base station When the second base station has a control data packet that needs to be forwarded by the first base station, a processing flow similar to the above process may also be employed.
- the method for controlling data packet forwarding provided by the fourth scheme can be applied to the foregoing scheme 1, scheme 2 or scheme 3.
- the indication corresponding to the control data packet is also The information is also sent to the second base station, and the indication information is used to guide the second base station to schedule and send the control plane data packet, so that the forwarding of the control data packet is controlled to a certain extent.
- the protocol description is given by how to forward the RRC message or the RRC message to process the data packet, or how to forward the feedback information of the RRC message.
- the forwarded message or the processed data packet enables the forwarding base station to forward in time.
- the MeNB may send an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB to the UE through the DL-1 and/or the DL-2.
- the process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the DL-1 includes: RRC entity unit generation of the MeNB
- the RRC message processes the data packet and submits it to the PDCP entity unit on the MeNB. After the processing of the PDCP entity unit is completed, the RCP entity unit, the MAC entity unit and the PHY entity unit on the MeNB are sequentially passed, and the RRC message processing data packet is encapsulated. Send an RRC message to the UE.
- the process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the DL-2 includes: RRC entity unit generation of the MeNB
- the RRC message processes the data packet and sends it to the PDCP entity unit on the SeNB.
- the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit and the PHY entity unit on the SeNB are sequentially passed, and the RRC message processing data is processed.
- the packet is encapsulated as an RRC message and sent to the UE.
- the IE in the RRC message processing data packet can be distinguished, or the RRC message processing data packet carries the identifier for generating the
- the UE determines that the RRC message is generated by the MeNB, and then passes the
- a group of PDCP entity units, RLC entity units, MAC entity units, and PHY entity units corresponding to the MeNB are processed and transmitted, and/or, through a group of PDCP entity units, RLC entity units, MAC entity units, and PHY entity units corresponding to the SeNB. Sent after processing.
- the feedback information of the RRC message carries indication information, indicating that the base station that generates the RRC message is the MeNB.
- the PDCP entity unit of the MeNB After receiving the feedback information of the RRC message, the PDCP entity unit of the MeNB determines, according to the indication information carried in the feedback information, that the RRC message is generated by the local base station, and submits the feedback information of the RRC message to the RRC entity of the MeNB. The unit is parsed. After receiving the feedback information of the RRC message, the PDCP entity unit of the SeNB determines, according to the indication information carried in the feedback information, that the RRC message is generated by the MeNB, and sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the RRC entity unit of the MeNB.
- the bearer channel for transmitting the feedback information of the RRC message is as shown in UL-1 and UL-2 in FIG. 5B.
- UL-1 is the uplink channel corresponding to DL-1
- UL-2 is the uplink channel corresponding to DL-2.
- the UE may also carry the indication in the feedback information of the RRC message when the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the group of the PDCP entity unit, the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit corresponding to the SeNB.
- the information indicates that the SeNB parses the feedback information of the RRC message.
- the PDCP entity unit of the SeNB determines that the base station parses according to the indication information carried in the feedback information, The feedback information of the RRC message is sent to the RRC entity unit of the SeNB.
- the sending process of the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the SeNB and the sending process of the feedback information of the RRC message are as described above, and are not described herein again.
- the UE may perform processing after being processed by a group of physical units corresponding to the generated base station of the RRC message, and/or may be processed by a group of physical units corresponding to other base stations. send.
- the uplink channel through which the feedback information of the RRC message is sent may be selected by the UE according to the configuration or protocol of the network side, or the uplink channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message may be selected by the UE.
- the network side may configure the following policy to the terminal: If the base station that generates the RRC message is the MeNB, the group of physical units corresponding to the SeNB is selected for processing and then sent, so that the feedback information of the RRC message is forwarded by the SeNB to the RRC message generated by the MeNB.
- the uplink channel carrying the channel is sent to the MeNB.
- the MeNB may send an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB to the UE through the DL-1 and/or the DL-2.
- the process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the DL-1 includes: RRC entity unit generation of the MeNB
- the RRC message processes the data packet and submits it to the PDCP entity unit on the MeNB. After the processing of the PDCP entity unit is completed, the RCP entity unit, the MAC entity unit and the PHY entity unit on the MeNB are sequentially passed, and the RRC message processing data packet is encapsulated. Send an RRC message to the UE.
- the process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the DL-2 includes: the RRC entity unit of the MeNB generates an RRC message processing data packet, and sends the RRC message processing data packet to the PDCP entity unit on the SeNB, and after processing the upper PDCP entity unit of the SeNB,
- the RRC message processing data packet is encapsulated into an RRC message and sent to the UE via the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit on the SeNB.
- the SeNB Since the UE side sends the RRC message generated by the MeNB and the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the SeNB to the MeNB, different bearer channels are used, and the SeNB sends the RRC message generated by the SeNB itself and the RRC message or RRC generated by the MeNB.
- the message processing data packet uses different bearer channels. Therefore, for the UE, the base station that generates the RRC message can be determined according to a group of entity units that receive the RRC message or according to the bearer channel that sends the RRC message. Therefore, when transmitting the feedback information of the RRC message, the UE may send the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station that generates the RRC message by using the uplink channel of the bearer channel that sends the RRC message.
- the UE after receiving the RRC message from the DL-1, the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the MeNB through the uplink channel UL-1 corresponding to the DL-1.
- the UE After receiving the RRC message from the DL-2, the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the MeNB through the SeNB through the uplink channel UL-2 corresponding to the DL-2.
- the process of generating an RRC message by the base station may also be performed by referring to the method in the first example, that is, the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the IE and the SeNB in the RRC message processing data packet generated by the RRC entity unit of the MeNB.
- the IE in the data packet may be distinguished, or the RRC message processing data packet carries information for identifying a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- the UE may also determine the base station that generates the RRC message by using the method in the first instance. After receiving the RRC message, the UE may also send the feedback information of the RRC message in the manner described in the first example, and details are not described herein.
- the MeNB may send an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB to the UE through the DL-1 and/or the DL-2.
- the process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB by using the eNB includes: the RRC entity unit of the MeNB generates an RRC message processing data packet, and submits the RRC message processing data packet to the PDCP entity unit on the MeNB. After the processing of the PDCP entity unit is completed, the MeNB sequentially passes through the MeNB.
- the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit and the PHY entity unit, the RRC message processing data packet is encapsulated as an RRC message and sent to the UE.
- the process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the DL-2 includes: the RRC entity unit of the MeNB generates an RRC message processing data packet, and sends the RRC message processing data packet to the PDCP entity unit on the MeNB, and the upper PDCP entity unit of the MeNB generates the RRC message to the SeNB.
- the RLC entity unit on the SeNB is processed, and then passes through the MAC entity unit and the PHY entity unit on the SeNB, and the RRC message processing data packet is encapsulated into an RRC message and sent to the UE.
- the principle that the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message is: Which PDCP entity unit obtains the RRC message from the UE, and the feedback message of the RRC message is sent to the corresponding PDCP entity unit.
- the process of sending an RRC message by the UE may include: after receiving the RRC message, the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the UL through the PD-based entity unit of the MeNB. 1 or UL-2 is sent to the PDCP entity unit of the MeNB.
- the base station when the base station configures the SRB bearer or sends the RRC message to the UE, the base station may notify the UE of the bearer or the source base station of the RRC message sent by the channel (that is, the base station that generates the RRC message). In this way, the UE can determine the source of the RRC message in the following manner:
- Mode 1 After the UE receives the RRC message, the PDCP entity unit of the UE carries the indication information when the SDU is submitted to the RRC entity, and the indication information indicates the base station that generates the RRC message;
- the PDCP entity of the UE After the UE receives the RRC message, the PDCP entity of the UE carries the identifier information of the PDCP entity unit or the channel ID of the PDCP entity unit to the RRC entity unit when submitting the SDU to the RRC entity. In this way, the UE can distinguish the source of the SDU of the PDCP layer of the received RRC message (i.e., the base station that generated the RRC message).
- process of generating an RRC message by the base station may also be performed by referring to the method in the first instance, that is, the MeNB.
- the IE in the RRC message processing data packet generated by the RRC entity unit is distinguishable from the IE message generated by the SeNB or the IE in the RRC message processing data packet, or the RRC message processing data packet carries a base station for identifying the RRC message and / or information of the base station cell.
- the UE may also use the method in the first instance to determine that the RRC message is generated. Base station. After receiving the RRC message, the UE may also send the feedback information of the RRC message in the manner described in the first example, and details are not described herein.
- the base station may notify the UE of the situation. Further, the RRC message that is received in error may be sent to another base station.
- This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the first and second embodiments in the case of employing the above-described transmission architecture 4 and transmission architecture 5.
- the MeNB may send an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB to the UE through the DL-1 and/or the DL-2.
- the RRC message is generated by the eNB.
- the information of the base station and/or the base station cell of the message, the MeNB and the SeNB do not distinguish the RRC message by using different IEs.
- the feedback information of the RRC message may be sent to the MeNB through the UL-1, or may be sent to the MeNB through the UL-2 through the SeNB.
- the MeNB may quickly send the RRC message to the UE by using the MAC CE of the SeNB. For example, when the MeNB decides to initiate the handover of the UE to the SeNB, it may send an RRC message (handover command) to the SeNB, and instruct the SeNB to use the MAC CE to send the RRC message (handover command) to the UE.
- the MeNB may send an RRC message (handover command) to the SeNB, and instruct the SeNB to use the MAC CE to send the RRC message (handover command) to the UE.
- This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the third solution.
- the process initiates cross-base station forwarding with the MeNB.
- the signaling radio bearer of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet is described as an example.
- SRB1 in this embodiment is an example of the SRB identifier.
- the establishment, modification, and release of the signaling radio bearer channel in the embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the signaling bearer channel of the SRB1, and may be the signaling bearer channel of other SRB identifiers.
- FIG. 16 is a signaling flowchart of a bearer channel configuration process according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the process may include:
- Step 161 The MeNB sends an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the SeNB to request to establish a signaling radio bearer channel of the SRB1, that is, request the SeNB to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing packet generated by the MeNB.
- the RRC message transmission configuration request message carries an SRB1 setup request for requesting configuration of an RLC physical unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the SeNB.
- Step 162 The SeNB configures an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit of the SRB1 according to the RRC message transmission configuration request message, and returns an acknowledgement message to the MeNB after the configuration is completed.
- the acknowledgment message includes information of one or more of the following physical units configured by the SeNB for SRB1: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit.
- Step 163 After receiving the acknowledgement message, the MeNB configures the PDCP entity unit on the MeNB for the SRB1, and sends the configuration information of the SRB1 to the UE.
- the configuration information of the SRB1 may include: PDCP entity unit information of the SRB1 on the MeNB, and one or a combination of RLC entity unit information, MAC entity unit information, and PHY entity unit information of the SRB1 on the SeNB.
- Step 164 The UE performs bearer establishment according to the received configuration information of the SRB1, that is, configures the SRB1 on the UE.
- Step 165 The MeNB sends bearer configuration completion information to the SeNB to notify the SeNB to establish a signaling radio bearer channel for completing SRB1.
- the entire signaling radio bearer channel of the SRB1 may include a PDCP entity unit on the MeNB, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, a PHY entity unit on the SeNB, and a PHY entity unit, a MAC entity unit, an RLC entity unit, and a PDCP on the UE. Entity unit.
- the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the MeNB may be transmitted to the UE through the SeNB.
- This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the third solution. The process is described by taking an example in which the MeNB initiates a modification of a signaling radio bearer channel for forwarding an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet across a base station.
- SRB1 in this embodiment is an example of the SRB identifier.
- the establishment, modification, and release of the signaling radio bearer channel in the embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the signaling bearer channel of the SRB1, and may be the signaling bearer channel of other SRB identifiers.
- FIG. 17 is a signaling flowchart of a bearer channel modification process provided by the present invention
- the bearer channel established in FIG. 16 is taken as an example. As shown in the figure, the process may include:
- Step 171 The MeNB sends an RRC message transmission configuration modification message to the SeNB to request the SeNB to modify the signal radio bearer channel of the SRB1, that is, request to modify the bearer channel established by the SeNB to forward the RRC message generated by the MeNB or the RRC message processing data packet.
- the request information carries the configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB 1 that is expected to be modified on the SeNB, and may include one or a combination of an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the SeNB.
- Step 172 The SeNB transmits a configuration modification message according to the RRC message, and the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB1 is modified.
- the configuration information on the SeNB may be one or a combination of RLC entity unit information, MAC entity unit information, and PHY entity unit information of the SRB1 on the SeNB, and return an acknowledgement message to the MeNB. Further, the acknowledgment message may carry configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the modified SRB1 of the SeNB on the SeNB.
- Step 173 After receiving the acknowledgement message, the MeNB sends a notification message to the UE to notify the SRB1 that the radio signaling bearer channel has been modified. Further, the notification message may carry the signaling radio bearer configuration information of the SRB1, where the configuration information of the SRB1 may include: the PDCP entity unit information of the SRB1 on the MeNB, and the RLC entity unit information and the MAC entity unit information of the SRB1 on the SeNB. One or a combination of PHY entity unit information.
- Step 174 The UE returns bearer configuration completion information to the MeNB.
- Step 175 The MeNB sends bearer configuration completion information to the SeNB to notify the SeNB to establish a signaling radio bearer channel that completes the SRB1.
- This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the third solution. The process is described by taking the MeNB as a signaling radio bearer channel for releasing the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet.
- SRB1 in this embodiment is an example of the SRB identifier.
- the establishment, modification, and release of the signaling radio bearer channel in the embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the signaling bearer channel of the SRB1, and may be the signaling bearer channel of other SRB identifiers.
- FIG. 18 is a signaling flowchart of a bearer channel release process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the bearer channel established in FIG. 16 is taken as an example. As shown in the figure, the process may include:
- Step 181 The MeNB sends an RRC message transmission configuration release message to the SeNB to request the SeNB to release the SRB1 signaling radio bearer channel, that is, request to release the bearer channel established by the SeNB to forward the RRC message generated by the MeNB or the RRC message processing data packet.
- the request message carries the configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB 1 that is to be released on the SeNB, and may include one or a combination of an RLC entity unit and a MAC entity unit on the SeNB.
- Step 182 The SeNB transmits the configuration release message according to the RRC message, and releases the configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB1 on the SeNB, which may include the RLC entity unit and the MAC entity unit of the SRB1 on the SeNB, and returns an acknowledgement message to the MeNB.
- Step 183 After receiving the acknowledgement message, the MeNB releases the configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB1 on the SeNB, that is, releases the PDCP physical unit of the SRB1 on the MeNB. The MeNB sends a notification message to the UE to notify that the radio signaling bearer channel of SRB1 has been released.
- Step 184 After receiving the notification, the UE releases the configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB1 on the UE, including
- PDCP entity unit PDCP entity unit, RLC entity unit and MAC entity unit.
- Step 185 The MeNB sends bearer configuration completion information to the SeNB to notify the SeNB to release the signaling radio bearer channel that completes SRB1.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station applicable to the first solution.
- the base station may be an MeNB or an SeNB.
- the base station can include: a transceiver and a 1910 processor 1911, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the first scheme. as the picture shows:
- the processor 1911 is configured to generate an RRC message.
- the transceiver 1910 is configured to send the RRC message generated by the processor to the terminal, and/or send the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet to the terminal by using the second base station, where the second The number of base stations is one or more.
- the processor 1911 may generate a first base station to generate a receive random access response message; the transceiver 1910 may send a random access response message generated by the processor 1911 to the terminal, and/or the random access response message or the Random access ring
- the message processing data packet is sent to the terminal through the second base station, and the number of the second base station is one or more.
- the random access response message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the random access response is received.
- the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the random access response is received.
- Base station and/or base station cell information of feedback information of the message are examples of feedback information of the message.
- the RRC message carries information for identifying a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the identifier is used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- the information is a transmission identifier of the RRC message; where, the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
- the RRC message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate the base station that receives the feedback information of the RRC message and/or Base station cell information.
- the transceiver 1910 may send the RRC message to the terminal by sending a downlink channel of the first bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the processor; and/or process the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the processor 1911.
- the second base station forwards the received RRC message or RRC message processing data packet to the terminal by forwarding the RRC message generated by the processor or the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the transceiver 1910 sends a first bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the processor 1911, and includes: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer unit.
- the transceiver 1910 may further receive an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station, and forward the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station.
- the transceiver 1910 may forward the received RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet by forwarding the RRC message generated by the second base station or the downlink channel of the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the transceiver 1910 may forward the RRC message generated by the second base station or the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, including: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer unit; or include: an RLC entity unit , MAC entity unit and physical layer unit.
- the transceiver 1910 may further receive feedback information of the RRC message sent by the terminal, where the feedback information of the RRC message carries the indication information and/or the transmission identifier.
- the indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
- the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message forwards the feedback information of the RRC message; the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message parsing the feedback information of the RRC message to the RRC layer;
- a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message is indicated.
- the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message is compared with the transmission identifier carried in the RRC message. Same.
- the transceiver 1910 can also receive the feedback information of the RRC message sent by the terminal, and then send the feedback information of the received RRC message by forwarding the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station.
- the transceiver 1910 may further send configuration information of the bearer channel to the terminal, where the configuration information carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a generated base station or a base station cell of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or used to indicate The type of the base station or the base station cell and the RRC message of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or the type of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel.
- the indication information includes one of the following: SRB identification information corresponding to the bearer channel; identification information of the bearer channel; identification information of the base station or the base station cell; and logical channel identification information.
- the base station can include: a transceiver 1920 and a processor 1921, wherein each component can perform the corresponding processing in the first scheme.
- the picture shows:
- the transceiver 1920 is configured to receive an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet sent by the first base station, where the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet is generated by the first base station; and, by using the RRC generated by the first base station The bearer channel of the message sends the RRC message to the terminal.
- the transceiver 1920 may receive a random access response message or a random access response message processing data packet sent by the first base station, where the random access response message or the random access response message processing data packet is generated by the first base station; And sending, by the second base station, a bearer channel of the random access response message generated by the first base station, to send the random access response message to the terminal.
- the random access response message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the random access response is received.
- Base station and/or base station cell information of feedback information of the message are examples of feedback information of the message.
- the RRC message carries information for identifying a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the identifier is used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- the information is a transmission identifier of the RRC message; where, the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
- the RRC message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate the base station that receives the feedback information of the RRC message and/or Base station cell information.
- the transceiver 1920 can also receive feedback information of the RRC message sent by the terminal, and the feedback information of the RRC message carries the indication information and/or the transmission identifier.
- the indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
- the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message forwards the feedback information of the RRC message; the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message parsing the feedback information of the RRC message to the RRC layer;
- a feedback signal indicating that the receiving base station and/or the base station cell of the feedback information of the RRC message will use the RRC message Cell information of the target base station and/or the target base station to which the information is forwarded;
- a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message is indicated.
- the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message is the same as the transmission identifier carried in the RRC message.
- the transceiver 1920 forwards the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, including:
- a PDCP entity unit an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer unit; or include: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer unit.
- the transceiver 1920 may further send, to the terminal, configuration information of a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet, where the configuration information of the bearer channel includes: a base station that sends the configuration information, and/or other At the base station, configuration information of a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel includes one or a combination of the following information: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel ID, logical channel configuration, MAC entity unit information, physical layer entity unit information, channel information of the physical layer.
- the transceiver 1920 sends the indication information corresponding to the configuration information of the bearer channel to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate the generated base station or the base station cell of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or is used to indicate that the bearer channel is sent.
- the RRC message is generated by the type of the base station or the base station cell and the RRC message, or is used to indicate the type of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a terminal applicable to the second solution.
- the terminal can include: a transceiver 2010 and a processor 2011, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the second solution.
- the picture shows:
- the transceiver 2010 is configured to receive the RRC message, and send the feedback information of the RRC message generated by the processor to the base station that generates the RRC message, and/or to the base station that generates the RRC message. Other base stations than others.
- the processor 2011 is configured to generate feedback information of the RRC message according to the RRC message received by the transceiver.
- the transceiver 2010 is configured to receive a random access response message, and send feedback information of the random access response message generated by the processor to a base station that generates the random access response message, and/or Sending to other base stations than the base station that generates the random access response message;
- the processor 2011 is configured to generate, according to the random access response message received by the transceiver, feedback information of the random access response message.
- the processor is further configured to: after the transceiver receives the RRC message, determine a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- the processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the information about the base station and/or the base station cell that is used to identify the RRC message that is generated in the RRC message, the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message; / or, according to RRC
- the message content determines a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message, wherein the RRC messages generated by different base stations and/or base station cells have different contents.
- the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the identifier is used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message.
- the information is a transmission identifier of the RRC message; where, the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
- the RRC message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate the base station that receives the feedback information of the RRC message and/or Base station cell information.
- the random access response message message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the random access is received.
- the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the random access is received.
- Base station and/or base station cell information in response to feedback information of the message.
- the feedback information of the RRC message carries indication information, and/or a transmission identifier.
- the indication information is used to indicate the following content as described above, and details are not described herein again.
- the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message is the same as the transmission identifier carried in the RRC message.
- the base station that generates the RRC message is the first base station, and the other base stations other than the base station that generates the RRC message are the second base station, and the number of the second base stations is one or more; the transceiver is specifically used to pass
- the first base station sends the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station, sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the first base station, and/or forwards the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the first base station by using the second base station.
- the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the data packet is processed, and the feedback information of the RRC message is sent to the second base station.
- the transceiver is further configured to receive, by the base station, configuration information of a bearer channel for sending an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet, where the configuration information of the bearer channel includes: a base station that sends the configuration information And/or other base station, configuration information of a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel includes one or a combination of the following information: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel ID, logical channel configuration, MAC entity unit information, physical layer entity unit information, channel information of the physical layer.
- the transceiver is further configured to: receive indication information corresponding to the configuration information of the bearer channel, where the indication information is used to indicate a generated base station or a base station cell of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or used to indicate the The type of the base station or the base station cell and the RRC message of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or the type of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel.
- the indication information includes one of the following: SRB identification information corresponding to the bearer channel; identification information of the bearer channel; identification information of the base station or the base station cell; and logical channel identification information.
- the transceiver is further configured to: send the feedback information of the RRC message to generate the RRC by: a base station of the message, and/or sent to another base station other than the base station that generates the RRC message: sending the feedback message of the RRC message to a dedicated bearer used by the base station that generates the RRC message to send feedback information of the RRC message
- the dedicated bearer channel belongs to the base station that generates the RRC message, or does not belong to the base station that generates the RRC message, or part of the base station that generates the RRC message.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station applicable to the third solution.
- the base station may be an MeNB or an SeNB.
- the base station can include: a transceiver 2110 and a processor 2111, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the third scheme. as the picture shows:
- the processor 2110 is configured to generate an RRC message transmission configuration request message, where the RRC message transmission configuration request message is used to request the second base station to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, where a base station is the base station;
- the transceiver 2111 is configured to send, by the processor, an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the second base station.
- the RRC message transmission configuration request message carries one or a combination of the following information:
- the first base station forwards the RRC message generated by the second base station or the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message processing data packet; the first base station expects the second base station to establish, by the second base station, the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer of the RRC message processing data packet. Channel configuration information.
- the desired second base station establishes, by the second base station, the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station, including: PDCP layer configuration information, RLC layer configuration information, MAC layer configuration information, and physical layer configuration information of the second base station.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel includes: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, At least one parameter configuration information in the physical layer unit information.
- the RRC message transmission configuration request message carries the indication information, where the indication information indicates that the bearer channel used for requesting the second base station to forward the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station is: A combination of an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, a physical layer entity unit of the second base station, or a combination of a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer entity unit of the second base station.
- the transceiver 2111 is further configured to receive, by the second base station, an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration request message.
- the acknowledgement message received by the transceiver 2111 includes bearer channel configuration information of the second station, and/or the second base station Forwarding configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
- the transceiver 2111 is further configured to: after receiving the acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration request message returned by the second base station, send, to the terminal, configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message, the bearer channel configuration information Includes one or combination of the following:
- the first base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station;
- the second base station sends configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station;
- the second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
- the processor 2110 is further configured to: generate an RRC message transmission configuration modification message, where the RRC message transmission configuration modification message is used to request the second base station to modify the second base station to forward the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the channel, and/or the configuration information of the bearer channel for notifying the first base station of the second base station is modified; the transceiver 2111 is further configured to send, by the second base station, the RRC message transmission configuration modification message generated by the processor.
- the RRC message transmission configuration modification message carries the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify, and the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify includes: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity Parameter configuration information of at least one of unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information.
- the transceiver 2111 is further configured to: after sending the RRC message transmission configuration modification message to the second base station, receive an acknowledgment message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration modification message that is returned by the second eNB; the acknowledgment message includes: The modified second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
- the transceiver 2111 is further configured to: send, by the second base station, the modified second base station, the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station to the terminal.
- the processor 2110 is further configured to: generate an RRC message transmission configuration release message, where the RRC message transmission configuration release message is used to request the second base station to release the second base station to forward the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the channel, and/or is used to notify the second base station that the first base station releases the bearer channel that sends the RRC message; the transceiver 2111 is further configured to send the RRC message transmission configuration release message generated by the processor to the second base station.
- the processor 2110 is further configured to: after the transceiver sends the RRC message transmission configuration release message to the second base station, send an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the terminal, to notify the terminal to send the release situation of the bearer channel of the RRC message.
- the base station can include: a transceiver 2120 and a processor 2121, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the third scheme.
- the picture shows:
- the transceiver 2120 is configured to receive a configuration request message of an RRC message transmission channel sent by the first base station, where the processor 2121 is configured to establish a second base station according to the configuration request message of the RRC message transmission channel received by the transceiver. Forwarding the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, where the second base station is the base station.
- the information carried in the RRC message transmission configuration request message is as described above.
- the desired second base station establishes, by the second base station, the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station, including: PDCP layer configuration information, RLC layer configuration information, MAC layer configuration information, and physical layer configuration information of the second base station.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel includes: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, At least one parameter configuration information in the physical layer unit information.
- the RRC message transmission configuration request message carries the indication information, where the indication information indicates that the bearer channel used for requesting the second base station to forward the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station is: A combination of an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, a physical layer entity unit of the second base station, or a combination of a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer entity unit of the second base station.
- the processor 2121 is further configured to: after the second base station forwards the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, generate an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration request message; the transceiver 2120 further uses The sending the acknowledgement message generated by the processor to the first base station.
- the acknowledgement message includes the bearer channel configuration information of the second station, and/or the second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station;
- the configuration information of the bearer channel includes : at least one of PDCP physical unit information, RLC physical unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, physical layer unit information Parameter configuration information.
- the processor 2121 is further configured to: after sending the acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration request message to the first base station, generate configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message, where the bearer channel configuration information includes one of the following Or combination:
- the first base station forwards the RRC message generated by the second base station or the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet Interest rate
- the second base station sends configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station;
- the second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station;
- the transceiver is further configured to send, to the terminal, configuration information of the bearer channel generated by the processor for transmitting the RRC message.
- the transceiver 2120 is further configured to: receive an RRC message transmission configuration modification message sent by the first base station, where the RRC message transmission configuration modification message is used to request the second base station to modify the second base station to forward the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the first base station.
- the bearer channel of the data packet is processed, and/or the configuration information of the bearer channel for notifying the first base station of the second base station is modified;
- the processor 2121 is further configured to: modify, according to the RRC message transmission configuration modification message, modify the second base station to forward The RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the RRC message transmission configuration modification message carries the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify, and the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify includes: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity Parameter configuration information of at least one of unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information.
- the processor 2121 is further configured to: after the transceiver receives the RRC message transmission configuration modification message sent by the first base station, generate an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration modification message; the transceiver 2120 is further configured to: The base station returns an acknowledgement message generated by the processor.
- the transceiver 2120 is further configured to: forward, by the second base station, the modified second base station, the RRC message generated by the first base station, or
- the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet is sent to the terminal.
- the transceiver 2120 is further configured to: receive, by the first base station, an RRC message transmission configuration release message, where the RRC message transmission configuration release message is used to request the second base station to release the second base station to forward the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the first base station.
- the bearer channel of the data packet and/or is used to notify the second base station that the first base station releases the bearer channel that sends the RRC message;
- the processor 2121 is further configured to: release the configuration release message according to the RRC message, and release the second base station to forward The RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
- the transceiver 2120 is further configured to: after the second base station forwards the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, send an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the terminal, to notify the terminal to send Release of the bearer channel of the RRC message.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a terminal applicable to the third scheme, and the terminal can communicate with the base station described in FIG. 21B and FIG. 21C.
- the terminal may include: a transceiver 2130. Further, the terminal may further include a processor 2131, where: the transceiver 2130 is configured to receive configuration information of a bearer channel sent by the base station, where the bearer channel includes the following configuration. One or a combination of information:
- the first base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the second base station; the second base station sends the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station;
- the second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the first base station. Further, the transceiver 2130 may further receive auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the auxiliary information includes a C-RNTI allocated by the base station to the terminal for the second base station cell.
- the transceiver 2130 may further receive and send data from the corresponding bearer channel according to the received configuration information of the bearer channel after receiving the configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station; or, using a random access procedure After entering the base station, the data is received and sent from the corresponding bearer channel according to the configuration information of the pre-configured bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message.
- the transceiver 2130 can receive the indication information sent by the base station, and according to the indication information, use the received configuration information of the bearer channel to establish a bearer channel, and receive or send data from the corresponding bearer channel.
- the indication information may include: a combination of one or more of an RRC layer indication information, a MAC layer command, and a physical layer command of the base station.
- the transceiver 2130 may also send indication information to the base station, and trigger the base station that receives the indication information to start sending and receiving data according to the configured configuration information of the carried bearer channel. Further, the transceiver 2130 may further receive and transmit data from the corresponding bearer channel by using the bearer channel corresponding to the received configuration information of the bearer channel according to the indication information.
- the transceiver 2130 may further receive configuration information of the modified bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message or the RRC message data packet sent by the base station.
- the transceiver 2130 can also receive a release message of the RRC message bearer channel sent by the base station.
- the processor 2131 may release the corresponding bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message or the RRC message data packet according to the release message received by the transceiver.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may include: signaling bearer identification information, PDCP physical unit information, RLC physical unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, At least one parameter configuration information of logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information.
- the configuration information of the bearer channel may further include: at least one of network node information of a PDCP entity unit, network node information of an RLC entity unit, network node information of a MAC entity unit, and network node information of a physical layer unit. Or the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, The second network node information of the same physical layer unit.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station applicable to the fourth solution.
- the base station can include: a transceiver 2210 and a processor 2211, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the fourth option.
- the transceiver 2210 is configured to send a control plane data packet and indication information to the second base station, so that the second base station sends the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station according to the control information.
- the indication information is sent before, after, or simultaneously with the control plane data packet.
- the types of the control plane data packets are the same as those described above, and are not described in detail herein; the type and composition of the indication information may be as described above, and will not be described in detail herein.
- the base station can include: a transceiver 2220 and a processor 2221, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the fourth scheme.
- the transceiver 2220 is configured to receive a control plane data packet and indication information sent by the first base station, where the indication information is before, after, or with the control plane data packet of the control plane data packet.
- the type of the control plane data packet is the same as that described above, and is not described in detail herein; the type and composition of the indication information may be as described above, and will not be described in detail herein.
- the cell involved in the various embodiments of the present invention may be an existing cell, a new carrier type cell, or a newly designed cell in the future.
- the present invention does not limit the specific type of the cell.
- the operations performed by the base station described in the embodiments of the present invention may also be operations performed by the base station cell.
- the attribute of the base station may also be an attribute of the base station cell, and the information of the base station may also be information of the base station cell.
- embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer usable program code.
- a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer usable program code.
- the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
- the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
- These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that the computer Or performing a series of operational steps on other programmable devices to produce computer-implemented processing such that instructions executed on a computer or other programmable device are provided for implementing a block in a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart Or the steps of the function specified in multiple boxes.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
一种消息传输方法及设备 本申请要求在 2013年 8月 9 日 提交中 国 专利局 、 申请号为 PCT/CN2013/081243、 发明名称为 "一种消息传输方法及设备" 的 PCT专利申 请的优先权, 其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。 技术领域 本发明涉及无线通信领域, 尤其涉及一种消息传输方法及设备。 背景技术 LTE ( Long Term Evolution, 长期演进) 系统的协议层, 从用户面考虑, 从上至下包括 A message transmission method and device The present application claims priority to a PCT patent application filed on August 9, 2013 by the Chinese Patent Office, Application No. PCT/CN2013/081243, entitled "A Message Transmission Method and Apparatus" The entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. The present invention relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a message transmission method and device. BACKGROUND The protocol layer of an LTE (Long Term Evolution) system is considered from the user's perspective, including from top to bottom.
PDCP ( Packet Data Convergence Protocol,分组数据汇聚协议)层、 RLC ( Radio link Control, 无线链路控制)层、 MAC ( Media Access Control, 媒体接入控制)层、 物理(Physical, PHY )层; 从控制面考虑, 还包括 PDCP层之上的 RRC ( Radio Resource Control, 无线资源 控制)层, 用于提供无线网络的控制信令, 也称为 RRC消息。 PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol) layer, RLC (Radio Link Control) layer, MAC (Media Access Control) layer, physical (Physical, PHY) layer; In addition, the RRC (Radio Resource Control) layer above the PDCP layer is used to provide control signaling of the wireless network, also called RRC message.
UE ( User Equipment, 用户设备, 即终端)接入网络并与 eNB ( evolved NodeB, 演进 节点 B, 即基站)建立连接后, eNB利用 RRC消息向 UE配置多个无线承载, 无线承载根据 其功能不同,可分为 DRB( Data Radio Bearer,数据无线承载 )^SRB( Signaling Radio Bearer, 信令无线承载)。 After the UE (User Equipment, the user equipment, ie, the terminal) accesses the network and establishes a connection with the eNB (evolved NodeB, the evolved Node B, ie, the base station), the eNB configures multiple radio bearers to the UE by using the RRC message, and the radio bearer is different according to its function. It can be divided into DRB (Data Radio Bearer) and SRB (Signaling Radio Bearer).
DRB的数据来自 CN ( Core Network, 核心网), 经过 PDCP层逐层到物理层, SRB的数 据来自 eNB, 经过 PDCP层逐层到物理层, eNB最终通过物理层的信号将信息发送给 UE, UE则通过自己的 PDCP层、 RLC层、 MAC层、 物理层逆向解析 eNB的数据, PDCP层将对应 的数据发送给 UE的 RRC实体或者数据接收实体。 UE可将自己的数据或者 RRC消息从 PDCP 层往下打包到物理层, 通过物理层的信号发送给 eNB。 图 1和图 2分别示出了控制面协议栈 和用户面协议栈。 如图 3所示, 多个承载共享一个 MAC层, MAC实体通过 MAC层获取的数 据包中的 RLC和 MAC的接口标识获知数据包来自哪个 RLC实体,进而知道 MAC层数据包是 来自哪个承载。 The data of the DRB is from the CN (Core Network), and the PDCP layer is layer by layer to the physical layer. The data of the SRB is from the eNB. The PDCP layer is layer by layer to the physical layer. The eNB finally sends the information to the UE through the signal of the physical layer. The UE reversely parses the data of the eNB through its own PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer, and the PDCP layer sends the corresponding data to the RRC entity or the data receiving entity of the UE. The UE may packetize its own data or RRC message from the PDCP layer to the physical layer, and send the signal to the eNB through the physical layer. Figures 1 and 2 show the control plane protocol stack and the user plane protocol stack, respectively. As shown in FIG. 3, multiple bearers share a MAC layer, and the MAC entity learns from the RLC and MAC interface identifiers in the data packets acquired by the MAC layer, which RLC entity the data packet comes from, and then knows which bearer the MAC layer data packet comes from.
随着 LTE网络结构的进一步演进, 业界开始考虑小型基站和宏基站同时给 UE提供服 务。 目前, 引入了双连接的概念, 即当多个基站给 UE提供服务时, 其中一个基站为 UE的 主基站 ( MeNB ) , 该基站作为 UE的移动性锚点, 负责终结核心网的 MME ( Mobile Management Entity, 移动管理实体) 与 UE的连接, 其余基站为 UE的辅基站( SeNB ), 为 UE提供数据包的分流服务,辅基站接收的数据包可以是从主基站的 RRC层、 PDCP层、 RLC 层分流的数据包。 发明内容 本发明实施例提供了一种消息传输方法及设备, 用以实现在多个基站为终端服务的网 络架构下, 终端向基站发送 RRC消息的反馈信息。 With the further evolution of the LTE network structure, the industry has begun to consider small base stations and macro base stations to simultaneously provide services to the UE. At present, the concept of dual connectivity is introduced. When multiple base stations provide services to the UE, one of the base stations is the primary base station (MeNB) of the UE, which serves as the mobility anchor of the UE and is responsible for terminating the MME of the core network. Management Entity, the mobile management entity), the remaining base station is the secondary base station (SeNB) of the UE, and provides the data packet shunting service for the UE, and the data packet received by the secondary base station may be the RRC layer, the PDCP layer of the primary base station, RLC Layer-split packets. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for transmitting a message, in which a terminal sends a feedback message of an RRC message to a base station under a network architecture in which a plurality of base stations serve a terminal.
一种消息传输方法, 包括: A message transmission method includes:
终端接收 RRC消息; 所述终端将所述 RRC消息的反馈信息, 发送给生成所述 RRC消息 的基站, 和 /或, 发送给生成所述 RRC消息的基站以外的其他基站。 The terminal receives the RRC message; the terminal sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station that generates the RRC message, and/or sends it to other base stations than the base station that generates the RRC message.
在一种优选方式中, 终端接收随机接入响应消息; 所述终端将所述随机接入响应消息 的反馈信息, 发送给生成所述随机接入响应消息的基站, 和 /或, 发送给生成所述随机接入 响应消息的基站以外的其他基站。 In a preferred mode, the terminal receives the random access response message, and the terminal sends the feedback information of the random access response message to the base station that generates the random access response message, and/or sends the generated information to the generated The base station other than the base station of the random access response message.
在一种优选方式中,所述终端接收 RRC消息之后,还包括:所述终端确定生成所述 RRC 消息的基站和 /或基站小区。 进一步的, 所述终端确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站 小区, 包括: 所述终端根据所述 RRC消息中携带的、 用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息, 确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区; 和 /或, 所述终端根据 RRC消息内容确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区, 其中, 不同基站和 /或基站小 区生成的 RRC消息具有不同的内容。 其中, 所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基 站小区的信息为, 基站和 /或基站小区的标识; 或者, 所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基 站和 /或基站小区的信息为 RRC消息的传输标识; 其中, 基站或基站小区, 与传输标识存在 映射关系。 所述映射关系, 是基站和 /或基站小区之间协商出来后发送给所述终端的。 In a preferred mode, after receiving the RRC message, the terminal further includes: the terminal determining a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message. Further, the determining, by the terminal, the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message, includes: the terminal, according to the base station and/or the base station cell, used in the RRC message to identify the RRC message. Determining, by the terminal, a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message; and/or, the terminal determines, according to an RRC message content, a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message, where different base stations and/or base station cells The generated RRC message has different content. The information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the base station and/or the base station used to identify the RRC message. The information of the cell is a transmission identifier of the RRC message; where the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier. The mapping relationship is sent to the terminal after being negotiated between the base station and/or the base station cell.
其中, 所述用于标识基站和 /或基站小区的信息为 RRC消息的传输标识时, 所述终端根 据所述 RRC消息中携带的所述 RRC消息的传输标识,确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基 站小区之前, 还包括: 所述终端获取基站发送的或者本地存储的传输标识与基站的映射关 系信息, 和 /或传输标识与基站小区的映射关系信息。 The determining, by the terminal, the base station that generates the RRC message according to the transmission identifier of the RRC message carried in the RRC message, when the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell is the transmission identifier of the RRC message And before the base station cell, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal, mapping relationship information between the transmission identifier sent by the base station or the locally stored base station, and/or mapping relationship between the transmission identifier and the base station cell.
在一种优选方式中, 所述 RRC消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示发送所述 In a preferred mode, the RRC message carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the
RRC消息的反馈信息的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示信息用于指示接收所述 RRC消息的反馈 信息的基站和 /或基站小区信息。 The bearer channel of the feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate the base station and/or the base station cell information that receives the feedback information of the RRC message.
在一种优选方式中, 所述随机接入响应消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示 发送所述随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示信息用于指示接收所 述随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站小区信息。 In a preferred mode, the random access response message carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel for sending feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate Base station and/or base station cell information for receiving feedback information of the random access response message.
所述指示信息用于指示以下内容之一: The indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
指示所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区转发当前接收到的 RRC消息 的反馈信息; Receiving the currently received RRC message by the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message Feedback information;
指示所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区解析当前接收到的 RRC消息 的反馈信息至 RRC层; Receiving, by the receiving base station and/or the base station cell, indicating the feedback information of the RRC message, the feedback information of the currently received RRC message to the RRC layer;
指示出所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区将接收到的所述 RRC消息 的反馈信息转发到的目标基站和 /或目标基站的小区信息; And indicating, by the receiving base station and/or the base station cell that the feedback information of the RRC message is forwarded, the cell information of the target base station and/or the target base station to which the feedback information of the received RRC message is forwarded;
指示出生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区。 A base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message is indicated.
一种终端, 包括: 收发器, 用于接收 RRC消息; 以及, 将所述处理器生成的所述 RRC 消息的反馈信息, 发送给生成所述 RRC消息的基站, 和 /或, 发送给生成所述 RRC消息的基 站以外的其他基站; 处理器, 用于根据所述收发器接收到的 RRC消息, 生成所述 RRC消息 的反馈信息。 A terminal, comprising: a transceiver, configured to receive an RRC message; and, to send feedback information of the RRC message generated by the processor to a base station that generates the RRC message, and/or to a generation office a base station other than the base station of the RRC message; and a processor, configured to generate feedback information of the RRC message according to the RRC message received by the transceiver.
在一种优选方式中, 所述收发器, 用于接收随机接入响应消息; 以及, 将所述处理器 生成的所述随机接入响应消息的反馈信息, 发送给生成所述随机接入响应消息的基站, 和 /或, 发送给生成所述随机接入响应消息的基站以外的其他基站; 所述处理器用于, 根据所 述收发器接收到的随机接入响应消息, 生成所述随机接入响应消息的反馈信息。 In a preferred mode, the transceiver is configured to receive a random access response message, and send feedback information of the random access response message generated by the processor to generate the random access response. a base station of the message, and/or sent to another base station other than the base station that generates the random access response message; the processor is configured to generate the random connection according to the random access response message received by the transceiver Feedback information into the response message.
在一种优选方式中, 所述处理器还用于, 在所述收发器接收 RRC消息之后, 确定生成 所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区。 In a preferred mode, the processor is further configured to: after the transceiver receives the RRC message, determine a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
在一种优选方式中, 所述处理器具体用于, 才艮据所述 RRC消息中携带的、 用于标识生 成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息, 确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小 区; 和 /或, 根据 RRC消息内容确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区, 其中, 不同 基站和 /或基站小区生成的 RRC消息具有不同的内容。 进一步的, 所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息为, 基站和 /或基站小区的标识; 或者, 所述用于标 识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息为 RRC消息的传输标识; 其中,基站或基 站小区, 与传输标识存在映射关系。 In a preferred mode, the processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the information about the base station and/or the base station cell that is used to identify the RRC message that is carried in the RRC message, to generate the RRC message. Base station and/or base station cell; and/or determining a base station and/or a base station cell for generating the RRC message according to the RRC message content, wherein the RRC messages generated by different base stations and/or base station cells have different contents. Further, the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the base station and/or the base station that generates the RRC message is used to identify The information of the base station cell is a transmission identifier of the RRC message, where the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
在一种优选方式中, 所述 RRC消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示发送所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示信息用于指示接收所述 RRC消息的反馈 信息的基站和 /或基站小区信息。 In a preferred manner, the RRC message carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel for sending feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the RRC message is received. Base station and/or base station cell information for feedback information.
本发明的上述实施例中, 终端将 RRC消息的反馈信息发送给生成该 RRC消息的基站, 或者发送给其他基站, 或者发送给生成该 RRC消息的基站和其他基站, 从而在多个基站为 终端服务的网络架构下, 通过多种灵活的方式, 使终端向基站发送 RRC消息的反馈信息。 In the foregoing embodiment of the present invention, the terminal sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station that generates the RRC message, or sends it to other base stations, or sends the base station and other base stations that generate the RRC message, so that the terminal is used in multiple base stations. Under the network architecture of the service, the terminal sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station through multiple flexible manners.
本发明的另一实施例提供了一种消息传输方法及设备, 用以实现在多个基站为终端服 务的网络架构下, 基站向终端发送 RRC消息。 Another embodiment of the present invention provides a message transmission method and device, which are used to implement an RRC message to a terminal in a network architecture in which a plurality of base stations serve a terminal.
一种消息传输方法, 包括: 第一基站生成 RRC消息; 第一基站将所述 RRC消息发送给 终端; 和 /或, 第一基站将所述 RRC消息或所述 RRC消息处理数据包通过第二基站发送给终 端, 所述第二基站的数量为一个或多个。 A message transmission method includes: a first base station generates an RRC message; a first base station sends the RRC message to a terminal; and/or, the first base station passes the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet to a second Base station sent to the end End, the number of the second base stations is one or more.
在一种优选方式中, 第一基站生成接收随机接入响应消息; 第一基站将所述随机接入 响应消息发送给终端, 和 /或, 将所述随机接入响应消息或所述随机接入响应消息处理数据 包通过第二基站发送给终端, 所述第二基站的数量为一个或多个。 进一步的, 所述随机接 入响应消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示发送所述随机接入响应消息的反馈信 息的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示信息用于指示接收所述随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的基 站和 /或基站小区信息。 In a preferred mode, the first base station generates a receiving random access response message; the first base station sends the random access response message to the terminal, and/or, the random access response message or the random connection The incoming response message processing data packet is sent to the terminal through the second base station, and the number of the second base station is one or more. Further, the random access response message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the randomness is received. Base station and/or base station cell information for accessing feedback information of the response message.
在一种优选方式中,所述 RRC消息中携带用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站 小区的信息。 进一步的, 所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息为, 基站和 /或基站小区的标识; 或者, 所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区 的信息为 RRC消息的传输标识; 其中, 基站或基站小区, 与传输标识存在映射关系。 In a preferred mode, the RRC message carries information for identifying a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message. Further, the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the base station and/or the base station that generates the RRC message is used to identify The information of the base station cell is a transmission identifier of the RRC message, where the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
一种 RRC消息传输方法, 包括: 第二基站接收第一基站发送的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处 理数据包, 所述 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包是第一基站生成的; 第二基站通过第二基 站用于转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道, 将所述 RRC消息发送给终端。 An RRC message transmission method, comprising: receiving, by a second base station, an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet sent by a first base station, where the RRC message or RRC message processing data packet is generated by a first base station; The base station is configured to forward the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station, and send the RRC message to the terminal.
在一种优选方式中, 第二基站接收第一基站发送的随机接入响应消息或随机接入响应 消息处理数据包, 所述随机接入响应消息或随机接入响应消息处理数据包是第一基站生成 的; 第二基站通过第二基站用于转发第一基站生成的随机接入响应消息的承载通道, 将所 述随机接入响应消息发送给终端。 进一步的, 所述随机接入响应消息中携带指示信息, 所 述指示信息用于指示发送所述随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示 信息用于指示接收所述随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站小区信息。 In a preferred mode, the second base station receives the random access response message or the random access response message processing data packet sent by the first base station, where the random access response message or the random access response message processing data packet is the first And generating, by the second base station, the bearer channel of the random access response message generated by the first base station by using the second base station, and sending the random access response message to the terminal. Further, the random access response message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the randomness is received. Base station and/or base station cell information for accessing feedback information of the response message.
在一种优选方式中,所述 RRC消息中携带用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站 小区的信息。 进一步的, 所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息为, 基站和 /或基站小区的标识; 或者, 所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区 的信息为 RRC消息的传输标识; 其中, 基站或基站小区, 与传输标识存在映射关系。 In a preferred mode, the RRC message carries information for identifying a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message. Further, the information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the base station and/or the base station that generates the RRC message is used to identify The information of the base station cell is a transmission identifier of the RRC message, where the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
一种基站, 包括: 处理器, 用于生成 RRC消息; 收发器, 用于将所述处理器生成的所 述 RRC消息发送给终端; 和 /或, 将所述 RRC消息或所述 RRC消息处理数据包通过第二基站 发送给终端, 所述第二基站的数量为一个或多个。 A base station, comprising: a processor, configured to generate an RRC message; a transceiver, configured to send the RRC message generated by the processor to a terminal; and/or, to process the RRC message or the RRC message The data packet is sent to the terminal through the second base station, and the number of the second base station is one or more.
一种基站, 包括: 收发器, 用于接收第一基站发送的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包, 所述 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包是第一基站生成的; 以及, 通过用于转发第一基站生 成的 RRC消息的承载通道, 将所述 RRC消息发送给终端; 其中。 A base station, comprising: a transceiver, configured to receive an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet sent by a first base station, where the RRC message or RRC message processing data packet is generated by a first base station; The bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the base station sends the RRC message to the terminal;
本发明的上述实施例中, 生成 RRC消息的基站将该 RRC消息发送给终端, 或通过其他 基站转发给终端, 从而在多个基站为终端服务的网络架构下, 通过多种灵活的方式, 将基 站生成的 RRC消息发送给终端。 本发明的另一实施例提供了一种承载通道配置方法及设备, 用以实现在多个基站为终 端服务的网络架构下, 为传输 RRC消息建立承载通道。 In the foregoing embodiment of the present invention, the base station that generates the RRC message sends the RRC message to the terminal, or forwards the message to the terminal through other base stations, so that in a network architecture in which multiple base stations serve the terminal, in various flexible manners, The RRC message generated by the base station is sent to the terminal. Another embodiment of the present invention provides a bearer channel configuration method and device, which is used to establish a bearer channel for transmitting RRC messages under a network architecture in which multiple base stations serve terminals.
一种无线承载通道配置方法, 包括: 第一基站向第二基站发送 RRC消息传输配置请求 消息, 所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息用于请求第二基站为转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息 或 RRC消息处理数据包建立承载通道。 A radio bearer channel configuration method includes: the first base station sends an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the second base station, where the RRC message transmission configuration request message is used to request the second base station to forward the RRC message or RRC generated by the first base station The message processing packet establishes a bearer channel.
在一种优选方式中, 所述用于请求第二基站为转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消 息处理数据包建立承载通道, 具体为: 用于请求第二基站为转发第一基站信令无线承载生 成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包建立承载通道。 In a preferred mode, the requesting the second base station to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station is specifically configured to: request the second base station to forward the first base station signaling The RRC message generated by the radio bearer or the RRC message processing data packet establishes a bearer channel.
在一种优选方式中, 所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息中携带以下信息之一或组合: 第一基站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道配置信息; In a preferred mode, the RRC message transmission configuration request message carries one or a combination of the following information: The first base station sends bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station;
第一基站转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道配置信息; 第一基站期望第二基站建立第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理 数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 The first base station forwards the RRC message generated by the second base station or the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message processing data packet; the first base station expects the second base station to establish, by the second base station, the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer of the RRC message processing data packet. Channel configuration information.
其中, 所述期望第二基站建立第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道配置 信息, 包括: 第一基站的 PDCP层配置信息, 和 /或第二基站的 RLC层配置信息、 MAC层配 置信息、 物理层配置信息。 The desired base station establishes, by the second base station, the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station, including: PDCP layer configuration information of the first base station, and/or RLC layer configuration information of the second base station, and MAC Layer configuration information, physical layer configuration information.
一种无线承载通道配置方法, 包括: 第二基站接收第一基站发送的 RRC消息传输通道 的配置请求消息; 第二基站根据所述 RRC消息传输通道的配置请求消息, 建立第二基站转 发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道。 A method for configuring a radio bearer channel includes: receiving, by a second base station, a configuration request message of an RRC message transmission channel sent by a first base station; and establishing, by the second base station, a second base station forwarding first according to the configuration request message of the RRC message transmission channel The RRC message generated by the base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
在一种优选方式中, 所述用于请求第二基站为转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消 息处理数据包建立承载通道, 具体为: 用于请求第二基站为转发第一基站信令无线承载生 成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包建立承载通道。 In a preferred mode, the requesting the second base station to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station is specifically configured to: request the second base station to forward the first base station signaling The RRC message generated by the radio bearer or the RRC message processing data packet establishes a bearer channel.
一种基站, 包括: 处理器, 用于生成 RRC消息传输配置请求消息, 所述 RRC消息传输 配置请求消息用于请求第二基站为转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包 建立承载通道, 所述第一基站为本基站; 收发器, 用于将所述处理器生成的 RRC消息传输 配置请求消息发送给第二基站。 A base station, comprising: a processor, configured to generate an RRC message transmission configuration request message, where the RRC message transmission configuration request message is used to request the second base station to establish a bearer for forwarding an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station And the first base station is a base station, and the transceiver is configured to send the RRC message transmission configuration request message generated by the processor to the second base station.
一种基站, 包括: 收发器, 用于接收第一基站发送的 RRC消息传输通道的配置请求消 息; 处理器, 用于根据所述收发器接收到的所述 RRC消息传输通道的配置请求消息, 建立 第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道, 所述第二基站 为本基站。 A base station, comprising: a transceiver, configured to receive a configuration request message of an RRC message transmission channel sent by the first base station; and a processor, configured to: according to the configuration request message of the RRC message transmission channel received by the transceiver, Establishing, by the second base station, the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, where the second base station is the base station.
技术效果: 本发明的上述实施例中, 通过基站向其他基站发起 RRC消息传输通道的配 置请求, 使其他基站可以根据该消息建立 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道, 以 转发该发起所述配置请求的基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包, 从而在多个基站 为终端服务的网络架构下, 可以实现通过基站间的转发, 来传输基站与终端之间的 RRC消 息或 RRC消息处理数据包。 Technical Effects: In the foregoing embodiment of the present invention, a base station sends a configuration request of an RRC message transmission channel to another base station, so that other base stations can establish an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet bearer channel according to the message, to forward the initiator station. Decoding the RRC message or RRC message generated by the base station of the request to process the data packet, thereby being in multiple base stations In the network architecture for the terminal service, the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet between the base station and the terminal may be transmitted by forwarding between the base stations.
一种控制面数据包转发方法, 包括: 第一基站向第二基站发送控制面数据包和控制信 息, 以使第二基站根据所述控制信息发送所述控制面数据包和 /或第二基站的调度信息; 其 中, 所述指示信息在发送所述控制面数据包之前、 之后或与所述控制面数据包同时发送。 A control plane packet forwarding method includes: transmitting, by a first base station, a control plane data packet and control information to a second base station, so that the second base station sends the control plane data packet and/or the second base station according to the control information Scheduling information; wherein the indication information is sent before, after, or simultaneously with the control plane data packet.
一种控制面数据包转发方法, 包括: 第二基站接收第一基站发送的控制面数据包和指 示信息; 其中, 所述指示信息在发送所述控制面数据包之前、 之后或与所述控制面数据包 同时发送; 第二基站根据所述控制信息发送所述控制面数据包和 /或第二基站的调度信息。 A control plane packet forwarding method, comprising: receiving, by a second base station, a control plane data packet and indication information sent by the first base station; wherein the indication information is before, after or after the sending the control plane data packet The surface data packet is simultaneously transmitted; the second base station transmits the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station according to the control information.
一种基站, 包括: 收发器, 用于向第二基站发送控制面数据包和指示信息, 以使第二 基站根据所述控制信息发送所述控制面数据包和 /或第二基站的调度信息; 其中, 所述指示 信息在发送所述控制面数据包之前、 之后或与所述控制面数据包同时发送。 A base station, comprising: a transceiver, configured to send a control plane data packet and indication information to a second base station, so that the second base station sends the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station according to the control information The indication information is sent before, after, or simultaneously with the control plane data packet.
一种基站, 包括: 收发器, 用于接收第一基站发送的控制面数据包和指示信息; 其中, 所述指示信息在发送所述控制面数据包之前、 之后或与所述控制面数据包同时发送; 处理 器, 用于根据所述控制信息发送所述控制面数据包和 /或第二基站的调度信息。 A base station, comprising: a transceiver, configured to receive a control plane data packet and indication information sent by the first base station; where the indication information is before, after, or with the control plane data packet of the control plane data packet Simultaneously transmitting; the processor, configured to send, according to the control information, the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station.
本发明的另一实施例提供了一种消息传输方法及设备, 用以实现在多个基站为终端服 务的网络架构下, 基站间转发控制面数据包时, 依据携带信息进行转发, 从而使控制数据 包的转发符合指定的策略。 附图说明 为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例中的技术方案, 下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的 附图作筒要介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领 域的普通技术人员来讲, 在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他 的附图。 Another embodiment of the present invention provides a message transmission method and device, which are used to implement forwarding of control plane data packets between base stations when a plurality of base stations serve a terminal. The forwarding of the packet conforms to the specified policy. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings to be used in the description of the embodiments will be described below. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description are only some of the present invention. For the embodiments, other drawings can be obtained from those skilled in the art without any inventive labor.
图 1为现有技术中控制面协议栈示意图; 1 is a schematic diagram of a control plane protocol stack in the prior art;
图 2为现有技术中用户面协议栈示意图; 2 is a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack in the prior art;
图 3为现有技术中到 MAC层的映射示意图; 3 is a schematic diagram of mapping to a MAC layer in the prior art;
图 4为本发明实施例适用的生成和传输 RRC消息的架构示意图; 4 is a schematic structural diagram of generating and transmitting an RRC message according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 5、 图 6、 图 7、 图 8、 图 9A、 图 9B、 图 9C、 图 9D分别为本发明实施例中的 RRC消息 发送架构图; 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, FIG. 9A, FIG. 9B, FIG. 9C, and FIG. 9D are respectively an RRC message transmission architecture diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 10A和图 10B为本发明实施例提供的 RRC消息的传输流程示意图; 10A and FIG. 10B are schematic diagrams showing a transmission process of an RRC message according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 11为本发明实施例提供的 RRC消息的反馈信息的传输流程示意图; FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission process of feedback information of an RRC message according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 12、 图 16为本发明实施例提供的承载通道配置流程示意图; 图 13、 图 17为本发明实施例提供的承载通道修改流程示意图; 12 and FIG. 16 are schematic diagrams showing a configuration process of a bearer channel according to an embodiment of the present invention; 13 and FIG. 17 are schematic diagrams showing a modification process of a bearer channel according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 14、 图 18为本发明实施例提供的承载通道释放流程示意图; 14 and FIG. 18 are schematic diagrams of a release process of a bearer channel according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 15为本发明实施例提供的控制面数据包转发流程示意图; FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a control plane data packet forwarding process according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 19A、 图 19B为本发明实施例提供的应用于方案一的基站的结构示意图; 19A and FIG. 19B are schematic diagrams showing the structure of a base station applied to the first solution according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 20为本发明实施例提供的应用于方案二的终端的结构示意图; FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal applied to the second solution according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 21A、 图 21B为本发明实施例提供的应用于方案三的基站的结构示意图; 21A and FIG. 21B are schematic diagrams showing the structure of a base station applied to the third solution according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 21 C为本发明实施例提供的应用于方案三的终端的结构示意图; FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal applied to the third solution according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 22A、 图 22B为本发明实施例提供的应用于方案四的基站的结构示意图。 具体实施方式 为了使本发明的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合附图对本发明作进一步 地详细描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部份实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有 其它实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。 FIG. 22A and FIG. 22B are schematic diagrams showing the structure of a base station applied to the fourth solution according to an embodiment of the present invention. The present invention will be further described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which FIG. An embodiment. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例,针对多个基站为终端服务的网络架构,提供了一种 RRC消息发送方法、 一种 RRC消息的反馈信息的发送方法, 一种承载通道的配置管理方法, 以及一种控制面数 据包的转发方法。 The embodiment of the present invention provides a RRC message sending method, a RRC message feedback information sending method, a bearer channel configuration management method, and a control plane for a network architecture in which a plurality of base stations serve a terminal. Packet forwarding method.
为了更清楚的描述本发明实施例, 下面通过以下四种方案进行描述: In order to more clearly describe the embodiments of the present invention, the following four scenarios are described:
方案一: 从基站侧描述了 RRC消息的传输方法; Solution 1: The method for transmitting the RRC message is described from the base station side;
方案二: 从终端侧描述了 RRC消息的反馈信息的传输方法; Solution 2: A method for transmitting feedback information of an RRC message is described from a terminal side;
方案三: 描述了承载通道的配置方法; Solution 3: Describes the configuration method of the bearer channel;
方案四: 描述了控制面数据包的转发方法。 Option 4: Describes the forwarding method for control plane packets.
在对本发明实施例进行详细描述之前, 首先进行如下预定: Before describing the embodiment of the present invention in detail, the following is first made as follows:
( 1 )本发明实施例主要关注 RRC消息传输过程和 /或 RRC消息的反馈信息的传输过程, 该过程主要涉及 RRC层、 PDCP层、 RLC层、 MAC层和 PHY层的处理操作。 为了便于描述, 本发明实施例中将 RRC层的协议实体称为 RRC实体单元, 将 PDCP层的协议实体称为 PDCP 实体单元,将 RLC层的协议实体称为 RLC实体单元,将 MAC层的协议实体称为 MAC实体单 元, 将 PHY层的协议实体称为 PHY实体单元。 (1) The embodiment of the present invention mainly focuses on the transmission process of the RRC message transmission process and/or the feedback information of the RRC message, and the process mainly involves processing operations of the RRC layer, the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer. For convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present invention, the protocol entity of the RRC layer is referred to as an RRC entity unit, the protocol entity of the PDCP layer is referred to as a PDCP entity unit, and the protocol entity of the RLC layer is referred to as an RLC entity unit, and the protocol of the MAC layer is used. An entity is called a MAC entity unit, and a protocol entity of the PHY layer is called a PHY entity unit.
( 2 )本发明实施例中传输(发送或转发) RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通 道, 是指由 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 LCID ( Logic Channel ID, 逻辑信道标识), 有可能包括 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元等逻辑单元所形成的逻辑单元组合。 比如, 从 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的发送端到接收端的一条完整的通道, 主要包括网络侧的 RRC实体单元、 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元, 以及终 端侧的 PHY实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 PDCP实体单元。 其中, 网络侧的 上述所有协议层实体单元可以位于一个 eNB上, 也可以是 PDCP实体单元位于一个 eNB上, 其他协议层实体单元位于另一个 eNB上, 在以下的描述中将详细描述各种架构下的承载通 道构成。 为描述方便, 本发明实施例中将上述定义的一条完整的承载通道在一个基站上逻 辑单元或逻辑单元组合, 称为该基站传输(发送或转发) RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包 的承载通道。 比如, 若一条完整的承载通道中的网络侧 PDCP实体单元位于 MeNB上, 而网 络侧的其他协议层实体单元位于 SeNB上, 则 MeNB发送该 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的承载通 道包括 MeNB上的 PDCP实体单元, SeNB转发 MeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包 的承载通道包括 SeNB上的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元。 (2) The bearer channel for transmitting (transmitting or forwarding) the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet in the embodiment of the present invention refers to a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, an LCID (Logic Channel ID), and possibly A logical unit combination formed by logical units such as a MAC entity unit and a PHY entity unit. For example, a complete channel from the transmitting end of the RRC message or the RRC message processing packet to the receiving end, mainly including the network side RRC entity unit, PDCP entity unit, RLC entity unit, MAC entity unit and PHY entity unit, and PHY entity unit, MAC entity unit, RLC entity unit, PDCP entity unit on the terminal side. The foregoing all the protocol layer entity units on the network side may be located on one eNB, or the PDCP entity unit is located on one eNB, and other protocol layer entity units are located on another eNB. Various structures are described in detail in the following description. The lower bearing channel is formed. For convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present invention, a complete bearer channel defined above is combined in a logical unit or a logical unit on a base station, and is referred to as a bearer channel for transmitting (transmitting or forwarding) an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet of the base station. . For example, if the network-side PDCP entity unit in a complete bearer channel is located on the MeNB, and the other protocol layer entity units on the network side are located on the SeNB, the bearer channel that the MeNB sends the RRC message generated by the MeNB includes the PDCP entity on the MeNB. The bearer channel that the SeNB forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB includes an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the SeNB.
( 3 )本发明实施例中提及到的基站(如 eNB ) , 是指基站和 /或基站小区。 (3) A base station (such as an eNB) mentioned in the embodiments of the present invention refers to a base station and/or a base station cell.
本发明实施例适用于图 4所示的两种 RRC消息生成和传输架构。 如图 4所示, 在架构 C1 下, SeNB将与 UE相关生成 RRC消息的参数传递给 MeNB, 由 MeNB生成最终的 RRC消息, 并将生成的 RRC消息利用 MeNB和 /或 SeNB的承载通道发送给 UE。 在架构 C2下, MeNB功 能和架构与架构 1下的相同, 但 SeNB的功能进一步扩展, SeNB也可以产生 RRC消息, 并可 选择利用 MeNB和 /或 SeNB的 载通道发送给 UE。 The embodiments of the present invention are applicable to the two RRC message generation and transmission architectures shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 4, under the architecture C1, the SeNB transmits a parameter related to the UE to generate an RRC message to the MeNB, and the MeNB generates a final RRC message, and sends the generated RRC message to the bearer channel of the MeNB and/or the SeNB. UE. In the architecture C2, the MeNB function and the architecture are the same as those in the architecture 1, but the function of the SeNB is further extended, and the SeNB can also generate an RRC message, and can select to transmit to the UE by using the carrier channel of the MeNB and/or the SeNB.
需要说明的是, 图 4中示出了具有一个 SeNB为 UE服务的网络架构, 在实际应用中, 为 UE服务的 SeNB可以有多个, 该场景同样可采用本发明实施例提供的上述四种方案。 It should be noted that, in FIG. 4, a network architecture with one SeNB serving the UE is shown. In an actual application, there may be multiple SeNBs serving the UE, and the scenario may also adopt the foregoing four types provided by the embodiments of the present invention. Program.
下面以图 4所示的 RRC消息生成和传输架构为例, 说明用于传输 RRC消息的承载通道 的构成, 其原理适用于 UE具有多个 SeNB的网络架构。 The following is an example of the RRC message generation and transmission architecture shown in FIG. 4, which illustrates the configuration of a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message. The principle is applicable to a network architecture in which a UE has multiple SeNBs.
在采用如图 4所示的架构 C2的情况下, 根据基站发送该基站生成的 RRC消息以及转发 其他基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道是否独立, 以及 RRC消息的分 流情况, 又可以分为以下几种传输架构: In the case of adopting the architecture C2 shown in FIG. 4, whether the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the base station and the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the other base station is independent, and the RRC message is shunted, It can be divided into the following transmission architectures:
传输架构 1 : RRC消息的发送和转发, 使用共享的承载通道 Transmission Architecture 1 : RRC message transmission and forwarding, using shared bearer channels
该传输架构下, 基站发送该基站生成的 RRC消息, 以及转发其他基站生成的 RRC消息 或 RRC消息处理数据包, 使用相同的 载通道。 具体的, MeNB发送该 MeNB自己生成的 RRC消息时所使用的 PDCP实体单元和 RLC实体单元, 也可用来转发 SeNB生成的 RRC消息 或 RRC消息处理数据包。 同理, SeNB发送该 SeNB自己生成的 RRC消息时所使用的 PDCP 实体单元和 RLC实体单元, 也可用来转发 MeNB或其他 SeNB (在有多个 SeNB的场景下)生 成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包。 In the transmission architecture, the base station sends the RRC message generated by the base station, and forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by other base stations, and uses the same carrier channel. Specifically, the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit used by the MeNB to transmit the RRC message generated by the MeNB may also be used to forward the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the SeNB. Similarly, the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit used by the SeNB to transmit the RRC message generated by the SeNB may also be used to forward the RRC message or RRC message generated by the MeNB or other SeNBs (in the scenario of multiple SeNBs). data pack.
在基站侧, MeNB发送该 MeNB生成的 RRC消息以及转发 SeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC 消息处理数据包的承载通道, 可包括 MeNB上的 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体 单元和 PHY实体单元, 或者包括: RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元。 同理, SeNB发送该 SeNB生成的 RRC消息以及转发 MeNB或其他 SeNB (在有多个 SeNB的场景下) 生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道,也可包括该 SeNB上的 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元, 或者包括: RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元 和 PHY实体单元。 On the base station side, the MeNB sends the RRC message generated by the MeNB and forwards the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the SeNB, and may include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the MeNB. Or include: RLC entity unit, MAC entity unit, and PHY entity unit. Similarly, The SeNB sends the RRC message generated by the SeNB and the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB or other SeNB (in the scenario of multiple SeNBs), and may also include the PDCP entity unit and the RLC on the SeNB. The physical unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit, or include: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit.
在 UE侧, UE针对 MeNB和各 SeNB分别配置接收 RRC消息的承载通道。 UE侧用于接收 On the UE side, the UE configures a bearer channel for receiving the RRC message for the MeNB and each SeNB. UE side for receiving
RRC消息的通道,可包括该 UE的 PHY实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 RLC实体实体单元、 PDCP 实体单元等逻辑单元。 The channel of the RRC message may include a logical unit such as a PHY entity unit, a MAC entity unit, an RLC entity entity unit, and a PDCP entity unit of the UE.
无论在基站侧还是 UE侧, 传输 RRC消息的通道中的 RLC实体单元都可对应独立的 MAC实体单元。 The RLC physical unit in the channel transmitting the RRC message may correspond to an independent MAC entity unit, whether on the base station side or the UE side.
上述传输架构 1的一种典型结构可如图 5所示。 其中, 承载通道 1是发送 MeNB生成的 A typical structure of the above transmission architecture 1 can be as shown in FIG. The bearer channel 1 is generated by the transmitting MeNB.
RRC消息的承载通道; 承载通道 2是 MeNB生成的 RRC消息通过 SeNB转发的承载通道; 承 载通道 3是发送 SeNB生成的 RRC消息的承载通道; 承载通道 4是 SeNB生成的 RRC消息通过 MeNB转发的承载通道。 UE可通过承载通道 1和 /或承载通道 2接收 MeNB生成的 RRC消息, 可通过承载通道 3和 /或承载通道 4接收 SeNB生成的 RRC消息。 上述承载通道均为 SRB级别 的通道。 The bearer channel of the RRC message; the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel that the RRC message generated by the MeNB is forwarded by the SeNB; the bearer channel 3 is a bearer channel that sends the RRC message generated by the SeNB; and the bearer channel 4 is the bearer that the RRC message generated by the SeNB is forwarded by the MeNB. aisle. The UE may receive the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the bearer channel 1 and/or the bearer channel 2, and may receive the RRC message generated by the SeNB through the bearer channel 3 and/or the bearer channel 4. The above bearer channels are all SRB-level channels.
传输架构 2: RRC消息的发送和转发, 使用独立的承载通道, 且由 PDCP实体单元进行 RRC消息分流 Transmission Architecture 2: RRC message transmission and forwarding, using independent bearer channels, and RRC message shunting by PDCP entity unit
该传输架构下, 基站发送该基站生成的 RRC消息, 以及转发其他基站生成的 RRC消息 或 RRC消息处理数据包, 使用不同的 载通道。 具体的, MeNB发送该 MeNB自己生成的 RRC消息时所使用的 PDCP实体单元和 RLC实体单元, 与转发 SeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC 消息处理数据包的 PDCP实体单元和 RLC实体单元, 是两组独立的逻辑单元。 同理, SeNB 发送该 SeNB自己生成的 RRC消息时所使用的 PDCP实体单元和 RLC实体单元, 与转发 MeNB或其他 SeNB (在有多个 SeNB的场景下) 生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的 PDCP实体单元和 RLC实体单元, 是两组独立的逻辑单元。 In the transmission architecture, the base station sends an RRC message generated by the base station, and forwards an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by another base station, and uses different bearer channels. Specifically, the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit used by the MeNB to transmit the RRC message generated by the MeNB itself, and the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the SeNB are two independent groups. Logic unit. Similarly, the PDeNB entity unit and the RLC entity unit used by the SeNB to transmit the RRC message generated by the SeNB, and the RRC message or RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB or other SeNB (in the scenario of multiple SeNBs) are forwarded. The PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit are two independent logical units.
在基站侧, MeNB发送该 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的承载通道, 可包括 MeNB上的 PDCP 实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元; MeNB转发 SeNB生成的 RRC 消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道, 可包括 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实 体单元和 PHY实体单元, 其中, MeNB转发 SeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的 承载通道中的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元, 与该 SeNB中的 PDCP实体单 元(可以是该 SeNB发送该 SeNB生成的 RRC消息的承载通道中的 PDCP实体单元, 也可以独 立的 PDCP实体单元)所组成的承载通道用来为 UE提供服务。 同理, SeNB发送该 SeNB生 成的 RRC消息的承载通道, 可包括该 SeNB上的 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体 单元和 PHY实体单元; SeNB转发 MeNB或其他 SeNB (在有多个 SeNB的场景下)生成的 RRC 消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道, 可包括 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实 体单元和 PHY实体单元, 其中的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元, 与生成该 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的基站( MeNB或其他 SeNB ) 中的 PDCP实体单元 (可以 是生成该 RRC消息或 RRC消息数据处理包的基站发送本基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道 中的 PDCP实体单元,也可以独立的 PDCP实体单元)所组成的承载通道用来为 UE提供服务。 On the base station side, the MeNB sends the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the MeNB, and may include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the MeNB; the MeNB forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the SeNB. The bearer channel may include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit, where the MeNB forwards the RRC message generated by the SeNB or the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit in the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, a PHY entity unit, and a bearer channel formed by a PDCP entity unit in the SeNB (which may be a PDCP entity unit in the bearer channel in which the SeNB sends the RRC message generated by the SeNB, or an independent PDCP entity unit) is used as the UE. Provide services. Similarly, the SeNB sends a bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the SeNB, which may include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the SeNB; the SeNB forwards the MeNB or other SeNBs (in the case of multiple SeNBs) Instance generated) RRC The bearer channel of the message or RRC message processing data packet may include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit, where the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, the PHY entity unit, and the RRC message or the RRC are generated. a PDCP entity unit in a base station (MeNB or other SeNB) of the message processing data packet (which may be a PDCP entity unit in a bearer channel that generates a RRC message generated by the base station by the base station that generates the RRC message or the RRC message data processing packet, or may A bearer channel formed by a separate PDCP entity unit is used to provide services for the UE.
在 UE侧, UE分别针对 MeNB和各 SeNB上发送该基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道以及 转发其他基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道, 分别配置接收 RRC消息的承载通道。 UE侧用于 接收 RRC消息的通道, 可包括该 UE的 PHY实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 RLC实体实体单元、 PDCP实体单元等逻辑单元。 On the UE side, the UE respectively sends a bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message generated by the base station and a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message generated by the other base station to the MeNB and each SeNB, and respectively configured to receive the bearer channel of the RRC message. The channel used by the UE to receive the RRC message may include a logical unit such as a PHY entity unit, a MAC entity unit, an RLC entity entity unit, and a PDCP entity unit of the UE.
上述传输架构 2的一种典型结构可如图 6所示, 图中为了便于描述数据发送过程, 将 A typical structure of the above transmission architecture 2 can be as shown in FIG. 6. In order to facilitate the description of the data transmission process,
MeNB上的承载通道分开呈现。其中,承载通道 1是发送 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的承载通道; 承载通道 2是 MeNB生成的 RRC消息通过 SeNB转发的承载通道; 承载通道 3是发送 SeNB生 成的 RRC消息的承载通道; 承载通道 4是 SeNB生成的 RRC消息通过 MeNB转发的承载通道。 UE可通过 载通道 1和 /或 载通道 2接收 MeNB生成的 RRC消息, 可通过 载通道 3和 /或 载通道 4接收 SeNB生成的 RRC消息。 上述承载通道均为 SRB级别的通道。 The bearer channels on the MeNB are presented separately. The bearer channel 1 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the MeNB; the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel that the RRC message generated by the MeNB is forwarded by the SeNB; the bearer channel 3 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the SeNB; The RRC message generated by the SeNB passes through the bearer channel forwarded by the MeNB. The UE may receive the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the channel 1 and/or the channel 2, and may receive the RRC message generated by the SeNB through the channel 3 and/or the carrier channel 4. The above bearer channels are all SRB level channels.
传输架构 3: RRC消息的发送和转发, 使用独立的承载通道, 且由 RLC实体单元进行 RRC消息分流 Transmission architecture 3: RRC message transmission and forwarding, using independent bearer channels, and RRC message offloading by RLC entity unit
该传输架构基本与上述传输架构 2类似, 基站发送该基站生成的 RRC消息, 以及转发 其他基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包, 使用不同的承载通道。 与上述传输架构 2不同的是: 基站转发其他基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息的处理数据包的承载通道可包 括: RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元。 The transmission architecture is basically similar to the foregoing transmission architecture 2. The base station sends an RRC message generated by the base station, and forwards an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by another base station, and uses different bearer channels. Different from the above-mentioned transmission architecture 2, the bearer channel of the processing data packet in which the base station forwards the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the other base station may include: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit.
上述传输架构 3的一种典型结构可如图 7所示, 图中为了便于描述数据发送过程, 将 MeNB上的承载通道分开呈现。其中,承载通道 1是发送 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的承载通道; 承载通道 2是 MeNB生成的 RRC消息通过 SeNB转发的承载通道; 承载通道 3是发送 SeNB生 成的 RRC消息的承载通道; 承载通道 4是 SeNB生成的 RRC消息通过 MeNB转发的承载通道。 UE可通过 载通道 1和 /或 载通道 2接收 MeNB生成的 RRC消息, 可通过 载通道 3和 /或 载通道 4接收 SeNB生成的 RRC消息。 上述承载通道均为 SRB级别的通道。 A typical structure of the foregoing transmission architecture 3 can be as shown in FIG. 7. In order to facilitate the description of the data transmission process, the bearer channels on the MeNB are separately presented. The bearer channel 1 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the MeNB; the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel that the RRC message generated by the MeNB is forwarded by the SeNB; the bearer channel 3 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the SeNB; The RRC message generated by the SeNB passes through the bearer channel forwarded by the MeNB. The UE may receive the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the channel 1 and/or the channel 2, and may receive the RRC message generated by the SeNB through the channel 3 and/or the carrier channel 4. The above bearer channels are all SRB level channels.
在采用如图 4所示的架构 C1的情况下, 根据 RRC消息的分流情况, 又可以分为传输架 构 4和传输架构 5: In the case of adopting the architecture C1 as shown in FIG. 4, according to the traffic distribution condition of the RRC message, it can be further divided into a transmission architecture 4 and a transmission architecture 5:
传输架构 4: 由 RLC实体单元进行 RLC消息分流 Transport Architecture 4: RLC Message Diversion by RLC Entity Unit
该传输架构下, RRC消息只能由 MeNB生成, 因此转发 RRC消息的承载通道在 MeNB 上可包括 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元, 该承载通道在 SeNB上可包括: RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元。 在 UE侧, UE分别针对 MeNB和各 SeNB上发送 RRC消息的承载通道, 配置独立的逻辑 单元组合。 其中, 与 MeNB对应的逻辑单元组合可包括: PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元, 与 SeNB对应的逻辑单元组合可包括: RLC实体单元、 MAC 实体单元、 PHY实体单元。 The RRC message can only be generated by the MeNB. Therefore, the bearer channel that forwards the RRC message can include a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the MeNB, and the bearer channel can include: RLC entity unit, MAC entity unit, PHY entity unit. On the UE side, the UE separately allocates a logical unit combination for the bearer channel of the RRC message sent by the MeNB and each SeNB. The logical unit combination corresponding to the MeNB may include: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit, and the logical unit combination corresponding to the SeNB may include: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit.
上述传输架构 4的一种典型结构可如图 8所示。 其中, 承载通道 1是 MeNB发送 RRC消息 的承载通道;承载通道 2是 MeNB通过 SeNB转发 RRC消息的承载通道。 UE可通过承载通道 1 和 /或承载通道 2接收 RRC消息。 上述承载通道均为 SRB级别的通道。 A typical structure of the above transmission architecture 4 can be as shown in FIG. The bearer channel 1 is a bearer channel for the MeNB to send an RRC message, and the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel for the MeNB to forward the RRC message through the SeNB. The UE may receive an RRC message through bearer channel 1 and/or bearer channel 2. The above bearer channels are all SRB level channels.
传输架构 5: 由 PDCP实体单元进行 RLC消息分流 Transport Architecture 5: RLC message shunting by PDCP entity unit
该传输架构与传输架构 5的区别在于: 转发 RRC消息的承载通道在 SeNB上包括: PDCP 实体上还包括 PDCP实体单元; 该承载通道在 UE侧还包括 PDCP实体单元。 The transmission architecture differs from the transmission architecture 5 in that: the bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message includes: The PDCP entity further includes a PDCP entity unit; the bearer channel further includes a PDCP entity unit on the UE side.
上述传输架构 4的一种典型结构可如图 9A所示。 其中, 承载通道 1是 MeNB发送 RRC消 息的承载通道; 承载通道 2是 MeNB通过 SeNB转发 RRC消息的承载通道。 UE可通过承载通 道 1和 /或承载通道 2接收 RRC消息。 上述承载通道均为 SRB级别的通道。 A typical structure of the above transmission architecture 4 can be as shown in Fig. 9A. The bearer channel 1 is a bearer channel for the MeNB to send the RRC message; the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel for the MeNB to forward the RRC message through the SeNB. The UE may receive an RRC message through bearer channel 1 and/or bearer channel 2. The above bearer channels are all SRB level channels.
传输架构 6: 第一基站和第二基站均可生成 RRC消息, 生成的 RRC消息需要经过其他 基站转发 Transmission architecture 6: Both the first base station and the second base station can generate an RRC message, and the generated RRC message needs to be forwarded by other base stations.
上述传输架构 6的一种典型结构可如图 9B所示。 其中, 承载通道 1是发送 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的承载通道, 该承载通道在网络侧, 包括第一基站上的 PDCP实体单元和第二基 站上的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PYH实体单元; 承载通道 2是发送 SeNB生成的 RRC 消息的承载通道, 该承载通道在网络侧, 包括第二基站上的 PDCP实体单元和第一基站上 的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PYH实体单元。 上述承载通道均为 SRB级别的通道。 A typical structure of the above transmission architecture 6 can be as shown in Fig. 9B. The bearer channel 1 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the MeNB, where the bearer channel is on the network side, and includes a PDCP entity unit on the first base station and an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PYH entity unit on the second base station; The bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message generated by the SeNB. The bearer channel is on the network side, and includes a PDCP entity unit on the second base station and an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PYH entity unit on the first base station. The above bearer channels are all SRB level channels.
传输架构 7: Transmission Architecture 7:
上述传输架构 7的一种典型结构可如图 9C所示。 可以看出, 承载通道 3在第一基站上的 一组逻辑单元(PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元)用于传 输第一基站生成的 RRC消息, 承载通道 2和承载通道 6共享第一基站上的另一组逻辑单元 ( RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元), 其中承载通道 2是第二基站生成的 RRC 消息经第一基站转发的承载通道, 承载通道 6是第一基站生成的 RRC消息直接发送到终端 的承载通道。 同理, 第二基站也具有类似的 RRC消息传输结构。 A typical structure of the above transmission architecture 7 can be as shown in Fig. 9C. It can be seen that a group of logical units (PDCP entity unit, RLC entity unit, MAC entity unit, PHY entity unit) of the bearer channel 3 on the first base station is used for transmitting the RRC message generated by the first base station, carrying the channel 2 and the bearer. The channel 6 shares another group of logical units (the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit) on the first base station, where the bearer channel 2 is a bearer channel forwarded by the first base station by the RRC message generated by the second base station, and the bearer channel is carried. 6 is a bearer channel directly sent by the RRC message generated by the first base station to the terminal. Similarly, the second base station also has a similar RRC message transmission structure.
传输架构 8: Transmission Architecture 8:
上述传输架构 7的一种典型结构可如图 9D所示, 图 9D的传输结构与图 6类似, 在图 6的 基础上增加了承载通道 5和承载通道 6, 为了清楚起见, 图 9D中仅示出新增加的承载通道 5 和承载通道 6, 承载通道 1~4可参考图 6。 A typical structure of the above transmission architecture 7 can be as shown in FIG. 9D. The transmission structure of FIG. 9D is similar to that of FIG. 6. The carrier channel 5 and the carrier channel 6 are added on the basis of FIG. 6. For the sake of clarity, only FIG. 9D The newly added carrying channel 5 and the carrying channel 6 are shown, and the carrying channels 1~4 can be referred to FIG. 6.
上述各种传输架构中, 第一基站和第二基站之间的 RRC实体单元之间可以存在传输 RRC消息的承载通道。 以下为了描述方便, 将一个基站中用于发送该基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道, 称为 该基站的第一承载通道, 将该基站中用于转发其他基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数 据包的承载通道, 称为该基站的第二承载通道。 比如, 图 5中, MeNB中的 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元等逻辑单元构成了 MeNB的第一承载通道, MeNB的第二承载通道同样由这些逻辑单元构成,即 MeNB的第一承载通道和第二承载通道 可以认为是相同的承载通道; 图 6中, MeNB中的 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实 体单元和 PHY实体单元等逻辑单元构成了 MeNB的第一承载通道, MeNB的第二承载通道由 另一组 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元等逻辑单元构成, 即 MeNB的第一承载通道和第二承载通道可以认为是不同的承载通道。 In the above various transmission architectures, there may be a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message between the RRC entity units between the first base station and the second base station. For the convenience of description, the bearer channel used for transmitting the RRC message generated by the base station in a base station is referred to as the first bearer channel of the base station, and the base station is used to forward the RRC message or RRC message processing data generated by other base stations. The bearer channel of the packet is called the second bearer channel of the base station. For example, in FIG. 5, logical units such as a PDCP physical unit, an RLC physical unit, a MAC physical unit, and a PHY physical unit in the MeNB constitute a first bearer channel of the MeNB, and the second bearer channel of the MeNB is also composed of the logical units, that is, The first bearer channel and the second bearer channel of the MeNB can be regarded as the same bearer channel. In FIG. 6, the logical unit such as the PDCP entity unit, the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit in the MeNB constitutes the first of the MeNB. The bearer channel, the second bearer channel of the MeNB is composed of logical units such as another group of PDCP entity units, RLC entity units, MAC entity units, and PHY entity units, that is, the first bearer channel and the second bearer channel of the MeNB may be considered to be different. Carrying a channel.
需要说明的是, 基站中的第一承载通道包括下行通道和 /或上行通道, 同理, 基站中的 第二承载通道也可包括上行通道和 /或下行通道。 It should be noted that the first bearer channel in the base station includes a downlink channel and/or an uplink channel. Similarly, the second bearer channel in the base station may also include an uplink channel and/or a downlink channel.
本发明实施例各方案中提到的 RRC消息,可包括以下消息之一或组合: 连接建立消息、 RRC重配置消息、 RRC连接重建立消息。 The RRC message mentioned in each solution of the embodiment of the present invention may include one or a combination of the following messages: a connection setup message, an RRC reconfiguration message, and an RRC connection re-establishment message.
本发明实施例各方案中提到的 RRC消息处理数据包, 可以是 RRC消息的以下数据包之 一: 在 PDCP层的 SDU数据包、 在 PDCP层的 SDU数据包、 在 RLC层的 SDU数据包、 在 RLC 层的 PDU数据包、 在 MAC层的数据包、 在物理层的数据包。 The RRC message processing data packet mentioned in each scheme of the embodiment of the present invention may be one of the following data packets of the RRC message: an SDU data packet at the PDCP layer, an SDU data packet at the PDCP layer, and an SDU data packet at the RLC layer. , PDU packets at the RLC layer, packets at the MAC layer, and packets at the physical layer.
本发明实施例各方案中提到的 RRC消息的反馈信息对应的 RRC消息包括以下之一: RRC连接建立完成消息、 RRC连接建立失败消息、 RRC重配置完成消息、 RRC重配置失败 消息、 RRC连接重建立完成消息, RRC连接重建立失败消息。 The RRC message corresponding to the feedback information of the RRC message mentioned in the solutions of the embodiments of the present invention includes one of the following: an RRC connection setup complete message, an RRC connection setup failure message, an RRC reconfiguration complete message, an RRC reconfiguration failure message, and an RRC connection. The re-establishment completion message, the RRC connection re-establishment failure message.
本发明实施例各方案中提到的 RRC消息的反馈信息, 可以是 RRC层的 RRC消息; 也可 以是 RRC消息的以下处理数据包之一:在 PDCP层的 SDU数据包、在 PDCP层的 SDU数据包、 在 RLC层的 SDU数据包、在 RLC层的 PDU数据包、在 MAC层的数据包、在物理层的数据包。 The feedback information of the RRC message mentioned in each solution of the embodiment of the present invention may be an RRC message of the RRC layer; or may be one of the following processing data packets of the RRC message: an SDU data packet at the PDCP layer, and an SDU at the PDCP layer. The data packet, the SDU data packet at the RLC layer, the PDU data packet at the RLC layer, the data packet at the MAC layer, and the data packet at the physical layer.
RRC消息的反馈信息也可以包括终端主动上报的消息。 例如, 终端的测量报告消息。 当终端获取基站发送的测量配置相关的 RRC消息后, 终端向基站回复 RRC反馈消息表明完 成测量配置后, 可在后续进一步反馈测量报告消息, 这里测量报告消息也是 RRC消息的反 馈信息的一种。 因此, 终端接收到 RRC消息后, 可以一次或者多次上报 RRC消息的反馈信 息, 每次上报的 RRC消息的反馈信息可以是不同的。 RRC消息的反馈信息具体内容需要根 据实际场景而定。 The feedback information of the RRC message may also include a message that the terminal actively reports. For example, the measurement report message of the terminal. After the terminal obtains the RRC message related to the measurement configuration sent by the base station, the terminal returns an RRC feedback message to the base station to indicate that the measurement configuration is completed, and the measurement report message may be further fed back. The measurement report message is also a type of feedback information of the RRC message. Therefore, after receiving the RRC message, the terminal may report the feedback information of the RRC message one or more times, and the feedback information of the RRC message reported each time may be different. The specific content of the feedback information of the RRC message needs to be determined according to the actual scenario.
下面分别对上述四种方案进行详细描述。 The above four schemes are described in detail below.
为描述方便, 首先对一些术语进行说明。 以下实施例中, 第一基和第二基站为普通基 站。 或者, 第一基站为主基站, 第二基站为辅基站。 或者, 第一基站为主基站, 第二基站 为主基站, 或者第一基站为辅基站, 第二基站为辅基站。 For convenience of description, some terms are first explained. In the following embodiments, the first base and the second base station are ordinary base stations. Alternatively, the first base station is a primary base station, and the second base station is a secondary base station. Alternatively, the first base station is the primary base station, the second base station is the primary base station, or the first base station is the secondary base station, and the second base station is the secondary base station.
主基站( MeNB ),也可以称为锚点基站,或者虚拟基站。主基站可以负责终结 S1-MME, 该基站可作为面向核心网的移动性锚点, 也可以是宏基站。 辅基站( SeNB )为非第一基站 的基站, 也以为小型基站 (如前述的 Pico、 Femto、 LoMo、 AP、 LPN、 RRH ), 也可以称 为小小区基站, 可以为 UE提供数据分流服务。 另外, 第二基站也可以为第一网络节点, 此 时第一网络节点所属的基站可以为第一基站, 本发明不做限定。 The primary base station (MeNB) may also be referred to as an anchor base station or a virtual base station. The primary base station can be responsible for terminating the S1-MME. The base station can be used as a mobility anchor for the core network or a macro base station. The secondary base station (SeNB) is a base station that is not the first base station, and is also a small base station (such as the aforementioned Pico, Femto, LoMo, AP, LPN, RRH), and may also be referred to as a small cell base station, and may provide a data offload service for the UE. In addition, the second base station may also be the first network node, and the base station to which the first network node belongs may be the first base station, which is not limited by the present invention.
一个 UE可对应一个或多个辅基站。 因此, 本发明的第二基站, 可理解成, 同属非第一 类基站的基站的统称, 称为第二类基站, 并不仅单指一个第二基站。 第一基站和第二基站 可为 UE提供分离承载的服务。 第一基站, 也可以理解为第一类基站。 One UE may correspond to one or more secondary base stations. Therefore, the second base station of the present invention can be understood as a general term for a base station that is not a first type of base station, and is referred to as a second type of base station, and not only refers to a second base station. The first base station and the second base station may provide a separate bearer service for the UE. The first base station can also be understood as a first type of base station.
主基站和辅基站可为 UE提供双连接服务, 和或提供分离承载服务。 The primary base station and the secondary base station may provide dual connectivity services for the UE and or provide separate bearer services.
方案一: RRC消息的传输方法 Scheme 1: Transmission method of RRC message
参见图 10A, 为本发明实施例提供的 RRC消息传输流程图, 如图所示, 该流程可包括: 步骤 101 : 第一基站生成 RRC消息; FIG. 10A is a flowchart of an RRC message transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the process may include: Step 101: A first base station generates an RRC message;
步骤 102: 第一基站将该 RRC消息发送给终端;和 /或,第一基站将该 RRC消息或该 RRC 消息的处理数据包通过第二基站发送给终端, 其中, 第二基站的数量为一个或多个。 Step 102: The first base station sends the RRC message to the terminal; and/or, the first base station sends the RRC message or the processing data packet of the RRC message to the terminal by using the second base station, where the number of the second base station is one. Or multiple.
这里的 "第一基站" 可代表 MeNB或 SeNB, 如果 "第一基站" 代表 MeNB, 则 "第二 基站" 代表 SeNB; 如果 "第一基站" 代表 SeNB, 则 "第二基站" 可代表 MeNB和 /或其他 SeNB。 Here, the "first base station" may represent the MeNB or the SeNB, and if the "first base station" represents the MeNB, the "second base station" represents the SeNB; if the "first base station" represents the SeNB, the "second base station" may represent the MeNB and / or other SeNB.
在步骤 101中, 为了让 UE能够识别出生成 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区, 第一基站在 其生成的 RRC消息中携带用于标识生成该 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息。 In step 101, in order for the UE to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message, the first base station carries information for identifying the base station and/or the base station cell that generated the RRC message in the RRC message generated by the first base station.
所述用于标识生成该 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息可以是:生成该 RRC消息的 基站和 /或基站消息的标识。 这样, UE可根据 RRC消息中携带的生成该 RRC消息的基站和 / 或基站消息的标识, 识别出生成该 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区。 The information for identifying the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message may be: an identifier of the base station and/or the base station message that generates the RRC message. In this way, the UE may identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generated the RRC message according to the identifier of the base station and/or the base station message that is generated in the RRC message and that generates the RRC message.
所述用于标识生成该 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息,也可以是 RRC消息的传输 标识。 其中, 基站与传输标识存在映射关系, 和 /或, 基站小区与传输标识存在映射关系, 不同的基站或基站小区可以使用不同的传输标识。 RRC消息的传输标识可以是 RRC消息的 Transaction ID (交易标识)。 该映射关系可以是预先配置在 UE上的, 也可以是由第一基站 和第二基站间协商出来的, 进一步的, 第一基站和 /或第二基站将协商出的该映射关系信息 发送给 UE。 这样, UE可根据 RRC消息中携带的 RRC消息的传输标识, 以及传输标识与基 站和 /或基站小区的映射关系, 确定出生成该 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区。 传输标识与 基站的映射关系可以采用多种表现形式, 一种优选的表现形式为 xx-yy, XX代表传输标识, yy代表对应的基站。 当然, XX和 yy代表的意义可以互换。 The information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message may also be a transmission identifier of the RRC message. The base station and the transmission identifier have a mapping relationship, and/or the base station cell and the transmission identifier have a mapping relationship, and different base stations or base station cells can use different transmission identifiers. The transmission identifier of the RRC message may be the Transaction ID of the RRC message. The mapping relationship may be pre-configured on the UE, or may be negotiated between the first base station and the second base station. Further, the first base station and/or the second base station sends the negotiated mapping relationship information to the UE. In this way, the UE may determine the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message according to the transmission identifier of the RRC message carried in the RRC message and the mapping relationship between the transmission identifier and the base station and/or the base station cell. The mapping relationship between the transmission identifier and the base station can take multiple representations. A preferred representation is xx-yy, where XX represents the transmission identifier and yy represents the corresponding base station. Of course, the meaning of XX and yy can be interchanged.
在步骤 101中, 为了让 UE能够识别出生成 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区, 第一基站也 可以根据协议规定, 使自己生成的 RRC消息的内容区别于其他基站生成的 RRC消息的内 容。 这里的 RRC消息内容可以是 RRC消息的 IE ( Information Element, 信息单元)。 比如, 协议可以规定: MeNB和 SeNB生成的 RRC消息 IE是完全可区分, 例如, SeNB生成的 RRC 消息和 SeNB的调度完全相关, MeNB不会产生此类消息。 反之亦然, MeNB生成的 RRC消 息也不会由 SeNB生成。 这样, UE可根据 RRC消息的具体内容识别出生成该 RRC消息的基 站。 In step 101, in order to enable the UE to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message, the first base station may also distinguish the content of the RRC message generated by itself from the content of the RRC message generated by the other base station according to the protocol. The RRC message content here may be an IE (Information Element) of the RRC message. such as, The protocol may specify that the RRC message IE generated by the MeNB and the SeNB is completely distinguishable. For example, the RRC message generated by the SeNB is completely related to the scheduling of the SeNB, and the MeNB does not generate such a message. Vice versa, the RRC message generated by the MeNB is also not generated by the SeNB. In this way, the UE can identify the base station that generated the RRC message according to the specific content of the RRC message.
在步骤 101中, 为了让 UE能够识别出生成 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区, 或者为了让 In step 101, in order to enable the UE to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generated the RRC message, or
UE能够将 RRC消息的反馈信息通过指定的承载通道发送或者发送给指定的基站,第一基站 也可以在生成的 RRC消息中携带以下指示信息: 用于指示发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息的承 载通道的指示信息, 或者, 用于指示接收该 RRC消息的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站小区信息 的指示信息。 其中, 前者所指示的承载通道, 可以是第一基站生成的 RRC消息从第一基站 到 UE的承载通道(比如图 5中的 DL-1 , 图 6中的 DL-1或图 7中的 DL-1 ), 和 /或第一基站生成 的 RRC消息通过第二基站转发的承载通道(比如图 5中的 DL-2 , 图 6中的 DL-2或图 7中的 DL-2 ); 后者所指示的基站和 /或基站小区信息, 可以是生成该 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小 区的标识, 和 /或其他基站和 /或基站小区的标识, 该其他基站虽然不是该 RRC消息的生成 基站, 但需要接收该 RRC消息的反馈信息并通过空口进行转发的基站。基站和 /或基站小区 的标识, 进一步的为 ECGI ( Evolved Cell Global Identifier ) 演进的小区全球标识, 和或为 PCI ( Physical Layer Cell Identity )物理层小区标识。 在步骤 102中, 第一基站可通过第一基 站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的第一承载通道的下行通道, 将该 RRC消息发送给终端; 和 /或, 第一基站将第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包发送给第二基站, 由第 二基站通过第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的第二承载通 道, 将接收到的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包转发给终端。 The UE can send or send the feedback information of the RRC message to the designated base station through the specified bearer channel. The first base station can also carry the following indication information in the generated RRC message: a bearer channel for indicating the feedback information of the RRC message. The indication information, or indication information for indicating base station and/or base station cell information of the feedback information of the RRC message. The bearer channel indicated by the former may be a bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station from the first base station to the UE (such as DL-1 in FIG. 5, DL-1 in FIG. 6, or DL in FIG. 7). -1), and/or a bearer channel forwarded by the RRC message generated by the first base station through the second base station (such as DL-2 in FIG. 5, DL-2 in FIG. 6, or DL-2 in FIG. 7); The base station and/or base station cell information indicated by the eNB may be an identifier of a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message, and/or an identifier of another base station and/or a base station cell, although the other base station is not the RRC message. A base station that generates a base station but needs to receive feedback information of the RRC message and forward it through an air interface. The identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell is further an ECGI (Evolved Cell Global Identifier) evolved cell global identifier, and or a PCI (Physical Layer Cell Identity) physical layer cell identifier. In step 102, the first base station may send, by using the first base station, a downlink channel of the first bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station, and send the RRC message to the terminal; and/or, the first base station generates the first base station. The RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet is sent to the second base station, and the second base station forwards the RRC message generated by the first base station or the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet by the second base station, and receives the received RRC message or The RRC message processing data packet is forwarded to the terminal.
进一步的, 图 10所示的流程中还可包括以下步骤: Further, the process shown in FIG. 10 may further include the following steps:
步骤 103: 第一基站接收 UE发送的 RRC消息的反馈信息, 该 RRC消息的反馈信息中携 带指示信息和 /或传输标识。 Step 103: The first base station receives the feedback information of the RRC message sent by the UE, where the feedback information of the RRC message carries the indication information and/or the transmission identifier.
该 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带的指示信息和 /或传输标识的具体含义,以及携带方式等 相关描述, 可参见方案二。 For the description of the specific information of the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message, and the carrying manner, refer to the second scheme.
参见图 10B, 为本发明实施例提供的 RRC消息传输流程图, 如图所示, 该流程可包括: 步骤 104: 第一基站接收第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包, 第一基站 转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包。 具体的, 第一基站可通过第一基站 转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的第二承载通道的下行通道, 转发接 收到的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包。 FIG. 10B is a flowchart of an RRC message transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the process may include: Step 104: The first base station receives an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by a second base station, where The base station forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station. Specifically, the first base station may forward the received RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet by using the first base station to forward the RRC message generated by the second base station or the downlink channel of the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
如果第一基站根据接收到的 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带的指示信息和 /或传输标识,确 定需要将该 RRC消息的反馈信息进行转发, 则在步骤 104之后, 还包括以下步骤: If the first base station determines that the feedback information of the RRC message needs to be forwarded according to the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the received RRC message, after the step 104, the method further includes the following steps:
步骤 105: 第一基站通过第一基站转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的上行通 道, 发送所接收到的 RRC消息的反馈信息。 这里的 "第二基站" 需要根据该 RRC消息的反 馈信息中携带的指示信息和 /或传输标识来确定。 具体的, 第一基站的 PDCP实体单元解析 出接收到的 RRC消息的反馈信息对应的 PDCP SDU或 PDCP PDU中的所述指示信息后,根据 所述指示信息, 将 PDCP SDU或 PDCP PDU转发给第二基站的 PDCP实体单元。 Step 105: The first base station forwards, by using the first base station, the uplink of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station. The channel sends feedback information of the received RRC message. The "second base station" here needs to be determined according to the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message. Specifically, after the PDCP entity unit of the first base station parses the indication information in the PDCP SDU or the PDCP PDU corresponding to the feedback information of the received RRC message, the PDCP SDU or the PDCP PDU is forwarded to the first according to the indication information. The PDCP entity unit of the second base station.
进一步的, 方案一中还可包括基站将传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息发送给 UE 的过程, 该过程可包括: 第一基站向 UE发送用于发送 RRC消息和 /或 RRC消息处理数据包 的承载通道的配置信息。 其中的 "第一基站"可代表 MeNB或 SeNB。 基站发送给 UE的承载 通道的配置信息的内容, 与基站间进行承载通道配置过程中传输的承载通道的配置信息内 容基本相同, 可参考后续方案三的描述。 Further, the first method includes: sending, by the base station, the configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message to the UE, where the process includes: sending, by the first base station, the RRC message and/or the RRC message processing data packet to the UE The configuration information of the bearer channel. The "first base station" therein may represent the MeNB or the SeNB. The configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station to the UE is basically the same as the configuration information of the bearer channel transmitted during the bearer channel configuration process between the base stations. For reference, refer to the description of the subsequent scheme 3.
参见图 10B, 为本发明实施例提供的 RRC消息传输流程图, 如图所示, 该流程可包括: 步骤 104: 第一基站接收第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包, 第一基站 转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包。 具体的, 第一基站可通过第一基站 转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的第二承载通道的下行通道, 转发接 收到的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包。 FIG. 10B is a flowchart of an RRC message transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the process may include: Step 104: The first base station receives an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by a second base station, where The base station forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station. Specifically, the first base station may forward the received RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet by using the first base station to forward the RRC message generated by the second base station or the downlink channel of the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
如果第一基站根据接收到的 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带的指示信息和 /或传输标识,确 定需要将该 RRC消息的反馈信息进行转发, 则在步骤 104之后, 还包括以下步骤: If the first base station determines that the feedback information of the RRC message needs to be forwarded according to the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the received RRC message, after the step 104, the method further includes the following steps:
步骤 105: 第一基站通过第一基站转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的上行通 道, 发送所接收到的 RRC消息的反馈信息。 这里的 "第二基站" 需要根据该 RRC消息的反 馈信息中携带的指示信息和 /或传输标识来确定。 具体的, 第一基站的 PDCP实体单元解析 出接收到的 RRC消息的反馈信息对应的 PDCP SDU或 PDCP PDU中的所述指示信息后,根据 所述指示信息, 将 PDCP SDU或 PDCP PDU转发给第二基站的 PDCP实体单元。 Step 105: The first base station forwards the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station by using the first base station, and sends the feedback information of the received RRC message. The "second base station" here needs to be determined according to the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message. Specifically, after the PDCP entity unit of the first base station parses the indication information in the PDCP SDU or the PDCP PDU corresponding to the feedback information of the received RRC message, the PDCP SDU or the PDCP PDU is forwarded to the first according to the indication information. The PDCP entity unit of the second base station.
进一步的, 方案一中还可包括基站将传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息发送给 UE 的过程, 该过程可包括: 第一基站向 UE发送用于发送 RRC消息和 /或 RRC消息处理数据包 的承载通道的配置信息。 其中的 "第一基站"可代表 MeNB或 SeNB。 基站发送给 UE的承载 通道的配置信息的内容, 与基站间进行承载通道配置过程中传输的承载通道的配置信息内 容基本相同, 可参考后续方案三的描述。 Further, the first method includes: sending, by the base station, the configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message to the UE, where the process includes: sending, by the first base station, the RRC message and/or the RRC message processing data packet to the UE The configuration information of the bearer channel. The "first base station" therein may represent the MeNB or the SeNB. The configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station to the UE is basically the same as the configuration information of the bearer channel transmitted during the bearer channel configuration process between the base stations. For reference, refer to the description of the subsequent scheme 3.
通过以上对方案一的描述可以看出, 本发明实施例针对多基站为终端服务的场景, 提 供了一种 RRC消息的发送方法, 根据实际需要, 可以将 RRC消息由生成基站直接发送给终 端, 也可经其他基站转发给终端。 进一步的, 为了使终端能够将 RRC消息的反馈信息发送 到生成该 RRC消息的基站, 或者发送到指定的基站, 本发明实施例对基站发送 RRC消息的 方法进行了改进, 通过携带指示信息等方式, 使终端可以识别 RRC消息的来源, 从而确定 发送 RRC消息的反馈信息的承载通道。 上述方案适用于多种 RRC消息传输架构。 As shown in the foregoing description of the first scheme, the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for sending an RRC message to a scenario in which a plurality of base stations serve a terminal, and the RRC message can be directly sent to the terminal by the generating base station according to actual needs. It can also be forwarded to the terminal via other base stations. Further, in order to enable the terminal to send the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station that generates the RRC message, or to the designated base station, the embodiment of the present invention improves the method for the eNB to send the RRC message by carrying the indication information. And enabling the terminal to identify the source of the RRC message, thereby determining a bearer channel for transmitting the feedback information of the RRC message. The above scheme is applicable to multiple RRC message transmission architectures.
方案一中的另一种消息传输流程可包括: 步骤 1: 第一基站生成接收随机接入响应消息; Another message transmission process in the first scheme may include: Step 1: The first base station generates a receive random access response message.
步骤 2: 第一基站将该随机接入响应消息发送给终端; 和 /或, 第一基站将该随机接入 响应消息或该随机接入响应消息的处理数据包通过第二基站发送给终端, 其中, 第二基站 的数量为一个或多个。 Step 2: The first base station sends the random access response message to the terminal, and/or, the first base station sends the random access response message or the processing data packet of the random access response message to the terminal by using the second base station, The number of the second base stations is one or more.
这里的 "第一基站" 可代表 MeNB或 SeNB, 如果 "第一基站" 代表 MeNB, 则 "第二 基站" 代表 SeNB; 如果 "第一基站" 代表 SeNB, 则 "第二基站" 可代表 MeNB和 /或其他 SeNB。 Here, the "first base station" may represent the MeNB or the SeNB, and if the "first base station" represents the MeNB, the "second base station" represents the SeNB; if the "first base station" represents the SeNB, the "second base station" may represent the MeNB and / or other SeNB.
在步骤 1中, 为了让 UE能够识别出生成随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基站小区, 第一 基站在其生成的随机接入响应消息中携带用于标识生成该随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或 基站小区的信息。 In the first step, in order to enable the UE to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message, the first base station carries a random access response message generated by the first base station to identify the random access response message. Information about the base station and/or base station cell.
所述用于标识生成该随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息可以是:生成该随 机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基站消息的标识。 这样, UE可根据随机接入响应消息中携带 的生成该随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基站消息的标识,识别出生成该随机接入响应消息 的基站和 /或基站小区。 The information for identifying the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message may be: an identifier of the base station and/or the base station message that generates the random access response message. In this way, the UE may identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message according to the identifier of the base station and/or the base station message that is generated in the random access response message and that generates the random access response message.
所述用于标识生成该随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息,也可以是随机接 入响应消息的传输标识。 其中, 基站与传输标识存在映射关系, 和 /或, 基站小区与传输标 识存在映射关系, 不同的基站或基站小区可以使用不同的传输标识。 随机接入响应消息的 传输标识可以是随机接入响应消息的 Transaction ID (交易标识)。 该映射关系可以是预先 配置在 UE上的, 也可以是由第一基站和第二基站间协商出来的, 进一步的, 第一基站和 / 或第二基站将协商出的该映射关系信息发送给 UE。 这样, UE可根据随机接入响应消息中 携带的随机接入响应消息的传输标识,以及传输标识与基站和 /或基站小区的映射关系, 确 定出生成该随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基站小区。传输标识与基站的映射关系可以采用 多种表现形式, 一种优选的表现形式为 xx-yy, XX代表传输标识, yy代表对应的基站。 The information for identifying the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message may also be a transmission identifier of the random access response message. The base station and the transmission identifier have a mapping relationship, and/or the base station cell and the transmission identifier have a mapping relationship, and different base stations or base station cells can use different transmission identifiers. The transmission identifier of the random access response message may be the Transaction ID of the random access response message. The mapping relationship may be pre-configured on the UE, or may be negotiated between the first base station and the second base station. Further, the first base station and/or the second base station sends the negotiated mapping relationship information to the UE. In this way, the UE may determine the base station and/or the base station generating the random access response message according to the transmission identifier of the random access response message carried in the random access response message and the mapping relationship between the transmission identifier and the base station and/or the base station cell. Base station cell. The mapping relationship between the transmission identifier and the base station can be in multiple representations. A preferred representation is xx-yy, XX represents the transmission identifier, and yy represents the corresponding base station.
在步骤 1中, 为了让 UE能够识别出生成随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基站小区, 第一 基站也可以根据协议规定, 使自己生成的随机接入响应消息的内容区别于其他基站生成的 随机接入响应消息的内容。 这里的随机接入响应消息内容可以是随机接入响应消息的 IE ( Information Element, 信息单元)。 比如, 协议可以规定: MeNB和 SeNB生成的随机接入 响应消息 IE是完全可区分,反之亦然, MeNB生成的随机接入响应消息也不会由 SeNB生成。 这样, UE可根据随机接入响应消息的具体内容识别出生成该随机接入响应消息的基站。 In step 1, in order to enable the UE to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message, the first base station may also separately generate the content of the random access response message generated by itself from other base stations according to the protocol. The content of the random access response message. The content of the random access response message herein may be an IE (Information Element) of the random access response message. For example, the protocol may specify that: the random access response message IE generated by the MeNB and the SeNB is completely distinguishable, and vice versa, and the random access response message generated by the MeNB is not generated by the SeNB. In this way, the UE may identify the base station that generates the random access response message according to the specific content of the random access response message.
在步骤 1中, 为了让 UE能够识别出生成随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基站小区, 或者 为了让 UE能够将随机接入响应消息的反馈信息通过指定的承载通道发送或者发送给指定 的基站, 第一基站也可以在生成的随机接入响应消息中携带以下指示信息: 用于指示发送 该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的承载通道的指示信息, 或者, 用于指示接收该随机接入 响应消息的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站小区信息的指示信息。 In step 1, in order to enable the UE to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generated the random access response message, or to enable the UE to send or send the feedback information of the random access response message to the designated bearer through the designated bearer channel. The base station may also carry the following indication information in the generated random access response message: indication information indicating a bearer channel for transmitting feedback information of the random access response message, or indicating to receive the random connection Enter The indication information of the base station and/or the base station cell information of the feedback information of the response message.
还可包括以下步骤: It can also include the following steps:
步骤 3: 第一基站接收 UE发送的随机接入响应消息的反馈信息, 该随机接入响应消息 的反馈信息中携带指示信息和 /或传输标识。 Step 3: The first base station receives the feedback information of the random access response message sent by the UE, where the feedback information of the random access response message carries the indication information and/or the transmission identifier.
该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息中携带的指示信息和 /或传输标识的具体含义,以及携 带方式等相关描述, 可参见方案二。 For the specific meanings of the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the random access response message, and the related descriptions of the carrying manner, refer to scheme 2.
在另一随机接入响应消息的传输流程中, 可包括: In another transmission process of the random access response message, the method may include:
步骤 4: 第一基站接收第二基站生成的随机接入响应消息或随机接入响应消息处理数 据包, 第一基站转发第二基站生成的随机接入响应消息或随机接入响应消息处理数据包。 Step 4: The first base station receives the random access response message or the random access response message processing data packet generated by the second base station, and the first base station forwards the random access response message or the random access response message generated by the second base station to process the data packet. .
如果第一基站根据接收到的随机接入响应消息的反馈信息中携带的指示信息和 /或传 输标识, 确定需要将该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息进行转发, 则在步骤 4之后, 还包括 以下步骤: If the first base station determines that the feedback information of the random access response message needs to be forwarded according to the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the received random access response message, after step 4, The following steps:
步骤 5: 第一基站转发所接收到的随机接入响应消息的反馈信息。 这里的 "第二基站" 需要根据该 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带的指示信息和 /或传输标识来确定。 Step 5: The first base station forwards the feedback information of the received random access response message. The "second base station" here needs to be determined according to the indication information and/or the transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message.
方案二: RRC消息的反馈信息的传输方法 Solution 2: Method for transmitting feedback information of RRC message
参见图 11 , 为本发明实施例提供的 RRC消息的反馈信息的传输流程图, 该流程以 RRC 消息的生成基站为第一基站为例描述,这里的 "第一基站"可代表 MeNB或 SeNB,如果 "第 一基站" 代表 MeNB, 则 "第二基站" 代表 SeNB; 如果 "第一基站" 代表 SeNB, 则 "第 二基站" 可代表 MeNB和 /或其他 SeNB。 如图所示, 该流程可包括: FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting feedback information of an RRC message according to an embodiment of the present invention. The process is described by using a generating base station of an RRC message as a first base station, where the “first base station” may represent an MeNB or a SeNB. If "first base station" represents MeNB, then "second base station" represents SeNB; if "first base station" represents SeNB, then "second base station" may represent MeNB and/or other SeNB. As shown, the process can include:
步骤 111 : UE接收 RRC消息; Step 111: The UE receives an RRC message.
步骤 113: UE将该 RRC消息的反馈信息, 发送给生成该 RRC消息的第一基站, 和 /或, 发送给第二基站。 Step 113: The UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the first base station that generates the RRC message, and/or sends the information to the second base station.
进一步的, 在步骤 111和步骤 113之间, 还可包括步骤 112: UE确定生成所述 RRC消息 的基站和 /或基站小区。 Further, between step 111 and step 113, step 112 may be further included: the UE determines a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
在步骤 111中, 基站发送 RRC消息的过程可参见方案一的描述。 In step 111, the process of the base station transmitting the RRC message can be referred to the description of the first solution.
在步骤 112中, UE可根据该 RRC消息中携带的、 用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 / 或基站小区的信息, 确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区; 和 /或, 可根据 RRC消 息内容确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区。 In step 112, the UE may determine a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message according to information used by the RRC message to identify a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message; and/or The base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message may be determined according to the RRC message content.
如方案一中所述, 基站可以使自己生成的 RRC消息的内容区别于其他基站生成的 RRC 消息的内容, UE可根据 RRC消息的内容确定生成该 RRC消息的基站或基站小区, 进而确定 出发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息的上行通道。 As described in the first scenario, the base station may distinguish the content of the RRC message generated by the base station from the content of the RRC message generated by the other base station, and the UE may determine the base station or the base station cell that generates the RRC message according to the content of the RRC message, and further determine the sending. The upstream channel of the feedback information of the RRC message.
如方案一中所述, RRC消息中携带的用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区 的信息, 可以是基站和 /或基站小区的标识, 也可以是 RRC消息的传输标识, 其中, 基站或 基站小区, 与传输标识存在映射关系, 因此 UE根据该指示信息页可确定出生成该 RRC消息 的基站或基站小区。 该指示信息的具体含义和内容以及携带方式, 可参考方案一中的相关 描述, 在此不再详述。 The information about the base station and/or the base station cell that is used to generate the RRC message, which is carried in the RRC message, may be the identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell, or may be the transmission identifier of the RRC message. Among them, the base station or The base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier. Therefore, the UE can determine the base station or the base station cell that generates the RRC message according to the indication information page. For the specific meaning and content of the indication information and the carrying manner, refer to the related description in the first scheme, and details are not described herein.
如方案一中所述, 所述基站或基站小区与传输标识的映射关系, 是基站或基站小区之 间协商出来后发送给 UE的。 因此相应的, 在 UE侧, 还包括接收基站发送的该映射关系信 息的步骤。 当然, 该映射关系信息也可以预先配置在 UE上, UE可才艮据预先配置在 UE上的 该映射关系信息以及接收到的 RRC消息中携带的传输标识, 确定出生成该 RRC消息的基站 或基站小区。 As described in the first scheme, the mapping relationship between the base station or the base station cell and the transmission identifier is sent to the UE after being negotiated between the base station or the base station cell. Therefore, correspondingly, the UE side further includes the step of receiving the mapping relationship information sent by the base station. Certainly, the mapping relationship information may be pre-configured on the UE, and the UE may determine the base station that generates the RRC message according to the mapping relationship information that is pre-configured on the UE and the transmission identifier carried in the received RRC message. Base station cell.
如方案一中所述, RRC消息中还可携带指示信息, 该指示信息用于指示发送该 RRC消 息的反馈信息的承载通道, 或者, 用于指示接收所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站 小区信息。 UE可根据该指示信息所指示的承载通道,确定出发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息的 上行通道, 或者, 根据该指示信息所指示的生成该 RRC消息的基站或基站小区, 确定出发 送该 RRC消息的反馈信息的上行通道, 或者根据该指示信息所指示的转发该 RRC消息的反 馈信息的基站或基站小区, 确定出发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息的上行通道。 As described in the first aspect, the RRC message may further carry indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends feedback information of the RRC message, or a base station that is used to indicate feedback information of the RRC message and/or Or base station cell information. The UE may determine, according to the bearer channel indicated by the indication information, an uplink channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message, or determine, according to the base station or the base station cell that generates the RRC message indicated by the indication information, to send the RRC message. The uplink channel of the feedback information, or the base station or the base station cell that forwards the feedback information of the RRC message according to the indication information, determines an uplink channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message.
在步骤 113中, UE可在 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带指示信息和 /或传输标识。 In step 113, the UE may carry the indication information and/or the transmission identifier in the feedback information of the RRC message.
所述 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带的传输标识, 与该 RRC消息中携带的传输标识相同。 The transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message is the same as the transmission identifier carried in the RRC message.
UE可在该 RRC消息的反馈信息对应的 PDCP层的 SDU或 PDU中, 或者在 RLC层 SDU或 者 PDU中, 携带该指示信息。 也可以在在用于发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息的 RRC消息中, 携带该指示信息。 The UE may carry the indication information in the SDU or PDU of the PDCP layer corresponding to the feedback information of the RRC message, or in the SLC or PDU of the RLC layer. The indication information may also be carried in an RRC message for transmitting feedback information of the RRC message.
所述 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带的指示信息可以指示该反馈信息的接收基站是转发 该反馈信息还是解析该反馈信息, 如果需要接收基站转发该反馈信息, 则可进一步指示出 转发到的目标基站和 /或基站小区, 该指示信息还可以指示出生成该 RRC消息的基站和 /或 基站小区, 该指示信息的作用是使反馈信息的接收基站在接收到该反馈信息后能够确定出 后续的处理操作。 具体的, 该指示信息可用于指示以下内容之一: The indication information carried in the feedback information of the RRC message may indicate whether the receiving base station of the feedback information forwards the feedback information or parses the feedback information. If the receiving base station needs to forward the feedback information, the base station may be further indicated to be forwarded. And the base station cell, the indication information may further indicate the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message, and the indication information is used to enable the receiving base station of the feedback information to determine the subsequent processing after receiving the feedback information. operating. Specifically, the indication information can be used to indicate one of the following:
( 1 )指示该 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区需要转发该 RRC消息的反 馈信息; (1) the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message needs to forward the feedback information of the RRC message;
( 2 )指示该 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区, 需要解析该 RRC消息的 反馈信息至 RRC层; (2) The receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message need to parse the feedback information of the RRC message to the RRC layer;
( 3 )指示出该 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区, 将该 RRC消息的反馈 信息转发到的目标基站和 /或目标基站的小区信息; (3) receiving, by the receiving base station and/or the base station cell of the feedback information of the RRC message, the cell information of the target base station and/or the target base station to which the feedback information of the RRC message is forwarded;
( 4 )指示出生成该 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区。 (4) indicating the base station and/or the base station cell that generated the RRC message.
进一步的,该指示信息可携带于该 RRC消息的反馈信息对应的 PDCP层的 SDU ( Service Data Unit, 服务数据单元)或 PDU ( Protocol Data Unit, 协议数据单元) 中, 或者在 RLC 层 SDU或者 PDU中。 该指示信息页可以携带于用于发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息的 RRC消息 中。 Further, the indication information may be carried in an SDU (Service Data Unit) or a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) of the PDCP layer corresponding to the feedback information of the RRC message, or in the RLC. Layer SDU or PDU. The indication information page may be carried in an RRC message for transmitting feedback information of the RRC message.
在步骤 113中, UE可通过第一基站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的上行通 道,发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息给第一基站,和 /或,通过第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC 消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的上行通道, 发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息给第二基 站。 In step 113, the UE may send the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station, send the feedback information of the RRC message to the first base station, and/or forward the first base station by using the second base station. The generated RRC message or the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet transmits the feedback information of the RRC message to the second base station.
其中, 第一基站的第一承载通道的 SRB标识与第二基站中转发该 SRB的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的第二承载通道的 SRB标识相同或不同。 所述 SRB标识可以是现有的 SRB标识(如 SRB0、 SRB SRB2 ), 也可以是扩展的 SRB标识(如 SRB3 )。 The SRB identifier of the first bearer channel of the first base station is the same as or different from the SRB identifier of the second bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet of the second base station. The SRB identifier may be an existing SRB identifier (such as SRB0, SRB SRB2) or an extended SRB identifier (such as SRB3).
如果 RRC消息的反馈信息对应的 RRC消息为 RRC重配置完成消息,则 UE向第一基站和 第二基站,发送 RRC重配置完成消息。该过程可发生在第二基站建立 SRB承载,或建立 DRB 承载, 或建立通道承载, 或建立数据分流承载的过程中。 If the RRC message corresponding to the feedback information of the RRC message is an RRC reconfiguration complete message, the UE sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the first base station and the second base station. The process may occur in the process of establishing an SRB bearer by the second base station, or establishing a DRB bearer, or establishing a tunnel bearer, or establishing a data offload bearer.
方案二的上述流程中, UE还可通过以下方式将 RRC消息的反馈信息, 发送给生成该 RRC消息的第一基站,和 /或,发送给生成所述 RRC消息的基站以外的其他基站(第二基站): UE将 RRC消息的反馈消息,发送到第一基站用于发送 RRC消息的反馈信息的专用承载通道 上, 所述专用承载通道属于生成该 RRC消息的基站, 或者不属于生成该 RRC消息的基站, 或者部分属于生成该 RRC消息的基站。 In the foregoing process of the second solution, the UE may send the feedback information of the RRC message to the first base station that generates the RRC message, and/or to other base stations other than the base station that generates the RRC message. The second base station: the UE sends the feedback message of the RRC message to the dedicated bearer channel used by the first base station to send the feedback information of the RRC message, where the dedicated bearer channel belongs to the base station that generates the RRC message, or does not belong to the RRC. The base station of the message, or part of the base station that generated the RRC message.
进一步的, 与方案一中,基站将传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息发送给 UE的过程 相对应, 在方案二中还可包括终端接收基站发送的传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息的 过程。 该过程可包括: UE接收第一基站发送的用于发送 RRC消息和 /或 RRC消息处理数据 包的承载通道的配置信息。 其中的 "第一基站"可代表 MeNB或 SeNB。 基站发送给 UE的承 载通道的配置信息的内容, 与基站间进行承载通道配置过程中传输的承载通道的配置信息 内容基本相同, 可参考后续方案三的描述。 Further, in the first scheme, the base station corresponding to the process of transmitting the configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message to the UE, and the method for receiving the configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message sent by the base station in the second scheme may be further included in the second scheme. . The process may include: receiving, by the UE, configuration information of a bearer channel sent by the first base station for transmitting an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet. The "first base station" therein may represent the MeNB or the SeNB. The content of the configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station to the UE is basically the same as the configuration information of the bearer channel transmitted during the bearer channel configuration process between the base stations. For reference, refer to the description of the subsequent scheme 3.
上述方案二适用于前述的所有 RRC消息传输结构。 The foregoing solution 2 is applicable to all the foregoing RRC message transmission structures.
通过以上对方案一的描述可以看出, 本发明实施例针对多基站为终端服务的场景, 提 供了一种 RRC消息的反馈信息的发送方法, 根据实际需要, 可以将 RRC消息的反馈信息发 送给生成该 RRC消息的基站, 也可发送给其他基站, 或者由其他基站转发给生成该 RRC消 息的基站。 进一步的, 为了使终端能够将 RRC消息的反馈信息发送到生成该 RRC消息的基 站, 或者发送到指定的基站, 本发明实施例对基站发送 RRC消息的方法进行了改进, 通过 携带指示信息等方式, 使终端可以识别 RRC消息的来源, 从而确定发送 RRC消息的反馈信 息的承载通道。 进一步的, 为了使 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站能够确定出是由该基站 进行解析还是需要转发给其他基站, 或者进一步确定转发到的目标基站, 本发明实施例对 RRC消息的反馈信息进行了扩展, 在其中携带指示信息, 以使接收基站可以确定出是否转 发以及转发的目标基站。 上述方案适用于多种 RRC消息传输架构。 As shown in the foregoing description of the first solution, the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for sending feedback information of an RRC message to a scenario in which a plurality of base stations serve a terminal, and may send the feedback information of the RRC message to the actual needs. The base station that generates the RRC message may also be sent to other base stations or forwarded by other base stations to the base station that generates the RRC message. Further, in order to enable the terminal to send the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station that generates the RRC message, or to the designated base station, the embodiment of the present invention improves the method for the eNB to send the RRC message by carrying the indication information. And enabling the terminal to identify the source of the RRC message, thereby determining a bearer channel for transmitting the feedback information of the RRC message. Further, in order to enable the receiving base station of the feedback information of the RRC message to determine whether the base station performs the analysis or needs to be forwarded to the other base station, or further determines the target base station to be forwarded, the embodiment of the present invention performs the feedback information of the RRC message. Expanding, carrying indication information therein, so that the receiving base station can determine whether to turn The target base station that sends and forwards. The above scheme is applicable to multiple RRC message transmission architectures.
方案二的另一种消息传输流程可包括: Another message transmission process of Option 2 may include:
步骤 1: UE接收随机接入响应消息; Step 1: The UE receives a random access response message.
步骤 3: UE将该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息, 发送给生成该随机接入响应消息的第 一基站, 和 /或, 发送给第二基站。 Step 3: The UE sends the feedback information of the random access response message to the first base station that generates the random access response message, and/or sends the information to the second base station.
进一步的, 在步骤 1和步骤 3之间, 还可包括步骤 2: UE确定生成所述随机接入响应消 息的基站和 /或基站小区。 Further, between step 1 and step 3, step 2 may be further included: the UE determines a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the random access response message.
在步骤 1中, 基站发送随机接入响应消息的过程可参见方案一的描述。 In step 1, the process of the base station transmitting the random access response message can be referred to the description of the first solution.
在步骤 2中, UE可根据该随机接入响应消息中携带的、 用于标识生成所述随机接入响 应消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息, 确定生成所述随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基站小 区; 和 /或, 可根据随机接入响应消息内容确定生成所述随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基 站小区。 In step 2, the UE may determine, according to information about the base station and/or the base station cell that is used to identify the random access response message that is carried in the random access response message, the base station that generates the random access response message. And/or a base station cell; and/or, the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message may be determined according to the content of the random access response message.
如方案一中所述, 基站可以使自己生成的随机接入响应消息的内容区别于其他基站生 成的随机接入响应消息的内容, UE可根据随机接入响应消息的内容确定生成该随机接入响 应消息的基站或基站小区, 进而确定出发送该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的上行通道。 As described in the first scenario, the base station may distinguish the content of the random access response message generated by the base station from the content of the random access response message generated by the other base station, and the UE may determine to generate the random access according to the content of the random access response message. And responding to the base station or the base station cell of the message, and further determining an uplink channel for transmitting the feedback information of the random access response message.
如方案一中所述, 随机接入响应消息中携带的用于标识生成所述随机接入响应消息的 基站和 /或基站小区的信息, 可以是基站和 /或基站小区的标识, 也可以是随机接入响应消 息的传输标识, 其中, 基站或基站小区, 与传输标识存在映射关系, 因此 UE根据该指示信 息页可确定出生成该随机接入响应消息的基站或基站小区。 该指示信息的具体含义和内容 以及携带方式, 可参考方案一中的相关描述, 在此不再详述。 The information about the base station and/or the base station cell that is used to identify the random access response message, which is carried in the random access response message, may be the identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell, or may be The transmission identifier of the random access response message, where the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier, so the UE can determine the base station or the base station cell that generates the random access response message according to the indication information page. For the specific meaning and content of the indication information and the carrying manner, refer to the related description in the first scheme, and details are not described herein.
如方案一中所述, 所述基站或基站小区与传输标识的映射关系, ^&站或基站小区之 间协商出来后发送给 UE的。 因此相应的, 在 UE侧, 还包括接收基站发送的该映射关系信 息的步骤。 当然, 该映射关系信息也可以预先配置在 UE上, UE可才艮据预先配置在 UE上的 该映射关系信息以及接收到的随机接入响应消息中携带的传输标识, 确定出生成该随机接 入响应消息的基站或基站小区。 As described in the first scheme, the mapping relationship between the base station or the base station cell and the transmission identifier is negotiated between the station and the base station cell and sent to the UE. Therefore, correspondingly, the UE side further includes the step of receiving the mapping relationship information sent by the base station. Certainly, the mapping relationship information may also be pre-configured on the UE, and the UE may determine to generate the random connection according to the mapping relationship information pre-configured on the UE and the transmission identifier carried in the received random access response message. The base station or base station cell into the response message.
如方案一中所述, 随机接入响应消息中还可携带指示信息, 该指示信息用于指示发送 该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的承载通道, 或者, 用于指示接收所述随机接入响应消息 的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站小区信息。 UE可根据该指示信息所指示的承载通道, 确定出 发送该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的上行通道, 或者, 根据该指示信息所指示的生成该 随机接入响应消息的基站或基站小区, 确定出发送该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的上行 通道, 或者根据该指示信息所指示的转发该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的基站或基站小 区, 确定出发送该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的上行通道。 As described in the first solution, the random access response message may further include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or is used to indicate that the random access is received. Base station and/or base station cell information in response to feedback information of the message. The UE may determine, according to the bearer channel indicated by the indication information, an uplink channel that sends feedback information of the random access response message, or a base station or a base station cell that generates the random access response message according to the indication information, Determining an uplink channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or determining, according to the base station or the base station cell that forwards the feedback information of the random access response message indicated by the indication information, to send the random access response message The upstream channel of the feedback information.
在步骤 3中, UE可在随机接入响应消息的反馈信息中携带指示信息和 /或传输标识。 所述随机接入响应消息的反馈信息中携带的传输标识, 与该随机接入响应消息中携带 的传输标识相同。 In step 3, the UE may carry the indication information and/or the transmission identifier in the feedback information of the random access response message. The transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the random access response message is the same as the transmission identifier carried in the random access response message.
UE可在该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息对应的 PDCP层的 SDU或 PDU中, 或者在 RLC 层 SDU或者 PDU中, 携带该指示信息。 也可以在在用于发送该随机接入响应消息的反馈信 息的随机接入响应消息中, 携带该指示信息。 The UE may carry the indication information in the SDU or PDU of the PDCP layer corresponding to the feedback information of the random access response message, or in the RLC layer SDU or PDU. The indication information may also be carried in a random access response message for transmitting feedback information of the random access response message.
所述随机接入响应消息的反馈信息中携带的指示信息可以指示该反馈信息的接收基 站是转发该反馈信息还是解析该反馈信息, 如果需要接收基站转发该反馈信息, 则可进一 步指示出转发到的目标基站和 /或基站小区,该指示信息还可以指示出生成该随机接入响应 消息的基站和 /或基站小区,该指示信息的作用是使反馈信息的接收基站在接收到该反馈信 息后能够确定出后续的处理操作。 具体的, 该指示信息可用于指示以下内容之一: The indication information carried in the feedback information of the random access response message may be used to indicate whether the receiving base station of the feedback information forwards the feedback information or parses the feedback information. If the receiving base station needs to forward the feedback information, the destination information may be further forwarded to The target base station and/or the base station cell, the indication information may also indicate the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the random access response message, and the indication information is used to enable the receiving base station of the feedback information to receive the feedback information. The subsequent processing operations can be determined. Specifically, the indication information can be used to indicate one of the following:
( 1 )指示该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区需要转发该随机 接入响应消息的反馈信息; (1) the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the random access response message needs to forward the feedback information of the random access response message;
( 2 )指示该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区, 需要解析该随 机接入响应消息的反馈信息至 RRC层; (2) the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the random access response message, and need to parse the feedback information of the random access response message to the RRC layer;
( 3 )指示出该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区, 将该随机接 入响应消息的反馈信息转发到的目标基站和 /或目标基站的小区信息; (3) a receiving base station and/or a base station cell indicating the feedback information of the random access response message, and cell information of the target base station and/or the target base station to which the feedback information of the random access response message is forwarded;
( 4 )指示出生成该随机接入响应消息的基站和 /或基站小区。 (4) indicating the base station and/or the base station cell that generated the random access response message.
进一步的, 该指示信息可携带于该随机接入响应消息的反馈信息对应的 PDCP层的 SDU ( Service Data Unit, 服务数据单元 )或 PDU ( Protocol Data Unit, 协议数据单元 ) 中, 或者在 RLC层 SDU或者 PDU中。 该指示信息页可以携带于用于发送该随机接入响应消息的 反馈信息的随机接入响应消息中。 Further, the indication information may be carried in an SDU (Service Data Unit) or a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) of the PDCP layer corresponding to the feedback information of the random access response message, or in the RLC layer. SDU or PDU. The indication information page may be carried in a random access response message for transmitting feedback information of the random access response message.
方案三: 承载通道的配置方法 Solution 3: Configuration method of bearer channel
在现有技术中, 为 UE提供承载服务的小区从属于一个基站, 通过近乎无时延的光纤连 接。 这种场景下, 小区之间无需协商承载通道的建立、 修改和释放, UE在已有至少一个服 务小区的情况下, 再接入另一个小区时, 都是先接入该小区, 再和该小区建立承载。 在本 发明实施例的场景下, 小区之间可能是有时延的回程网络, 无法使用一个基站或者一个集 中控制网元有效即时控制多个小区, 这时, 采用相对偏平化的分布式的方法可有效保持整 个网络的性能。 小区之间, 或者小区所属的基站之间需要协商承载通道或者发送信息的通 道的建立, 修改和释放过程。 同时由于多个小区和 UE可以包含 RLC层和或 PDCP的承载通 道, UE可以先获取承载通道的配置信息,再和小区建立同步。下面结合附图进行详细说明。 In the prior art, a cell that provides a bearer service for a UE is subordinate to a base station, and is connected by a fiber with almost no delay. In this scenario, the cell does not need to negotiate the establishment, modification, and release of the bearer channel. If the UE has access to another cell in the case of at least one serving cell, the cell is first accessed to the cell. The cell establishes a bearer. In the scenario of the embodiment of the present invention, the cells may be time-delayed backhaul networks, and one base station or one centralized control network element cannot be used to effectively control multiple cells in real time. In this case, a relatively balanced distributed method may be adopted. Effectively maintain the performance of the entire network. The establishment, modification, and release process of the bearer channel or the channel for transmitting information needs to be negotiated between the cells, or the base station to which the cell belongs. At the same time, the UE may acquire the configuration information of the bearer channel and then establish synchronization with the cell, because the multiple cells and the UE may include the RLC layer and the bearer channel of the PDCP. The details will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
参见图 12, 为本发明实施例提供的承载通道配置 (建立) 流程示意图, 如图所示, 该 流程可包括: FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a bearer channel configuration (establishment) according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the process may include:
步骤 121: 第一基站向第二基站发送 RRC消息传输配置请求消息, 所述 RRC消息传输 配置请求消息, 用于请求第二基站为转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包 建立承载通道。 具体实施时, 第一基站可将该 RRC消息传输配置请求消息直接发送给第二 基站, 也可将该 RRC消息承载通道的配置请求消息发送给 UE, 并指示 UE将该 RRC消息承 载通道的配置请求消息发送给第二基站。 Step 121: The first base station sends an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the second base station, where the RRC message transmission is performed. And a configuration request message, configured to request the second base station to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station. In a specific implementation, the first eNB may send the RRC message transmission configuration request message to the second base station, or may send the configuration request message of the RRC message bearer channel to the UE, and instruct the UE to configure the RRC message bearer channel. The request message is sent to the second base station.
步骤 122: 第二基站接收该 RRC消息传输配置请求消息, 并根据该 RRC消息传输配置 请求消息, 建立第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通 道。 Step 122: The second base station receives the RRC message transmission configuration request message, and establishes, according to the RRC message transmission configuration request message, the second base station to forward the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
进一步的, 上述流程还可包括: Further, the foregoing process may further include:
步骤 123: 第二基站向第一基站返回与 RRC消息传输配置请求消息对应的确认消息。 进一步的, 上述流程还可包括: Step 123: The second base station returns an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration request message to the first base station. Further, the foregoing process may further include:
步骤 124: 第一基站和 /或第二基站将承载通道的配置信息发送给 UE。 Step 124: The first base station and/or the second base station send configuration information of the bearer channel to the UE.
进一步的, 上述流程还可包括: Further, the foregoing process may further include:
步骤 125: UE向第一和 /或第二基站返回配置完成信息或失败信息。 配置完成信息可以 是 RRC重配置完成信息, 用于指示承载通道的配置完成; 或者, 配置完成信息可以是 MACCE, 用于指示承载通道的配置完成。 Step 125: The UE returns configuration completion information or failure information to the first and/or the second base station. The configuration completion information may be an RRC reconfiguration complete message, which is used to indicate that the configuration of the bearer channel is complete; or the configuration completion information may be a MAC CE, which is used to indicate that the configuration of the bearer channel is complete.
上述流程中的步骤 123和步骤 124没有严格的时序要求。 Steps 123 and 124 in the above process do not have strict timing requirements.
在步骤 121中, 所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息, 可用于请求第二基站为转发第一基 站信令无线承载生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包建立承载通道。 In step 121, the RRC message transmission configuration request message may be used to request the second base station to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station signaling radio bearer.
所述配置请求消息中可携带以下信息之一或组合: The configuration request message may carry one or a combination of the following information:
第一基站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道配置信息; Transmitting, by the first base station, bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station;
第一基站转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道配置信息; 第一基站期望第二基站建立的第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处 理数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 具体的, 所述期望第二基站建立的第二基站转发第一基 站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道配置信息, 可包括第一基站的 PDCP层配置信息。 The first base station forwards the RRC message generated by the second base station or the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message processing data packet; the first base station expects the second base station established by the second base station to forward the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station The configuration information of the bearer channel. Specifically, the second base station that is required by the second base station to forward the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station may include PDCP layer configuration information of the first base station.
其中,所述承载通道的配置信息包括: PDCP实体单元信息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP 和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、逻辑信道标识、逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC实体单元信息、 物理层单元信息中的至少一种参数配置信息。 The configuration information of the bearer channel includes: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit At least one parameter configuration information in the information and physical layer unit information.
在步骤 121中, 第一基站还可以将第一基站与第二基站间的接口信息携带于 RRC消息 传输配置请求消息, 该接口信息是第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理 数据包的承载通道对应的基站间接口在第一基站侧的接口信息。 该接口信息可包括以下之 一或组合: GTP ( General Data Transfer Platform, 通用数据传输平台)管道终点信息和 /或 传输层地址信息, RRC实体单元和 PDCP实体单元间的信道信息 (信道信息可包括信道标 识信息和信道配置信息), PDCP实体单元和 RLC实体单元间的信道信息。 第二基站在建立 承载通道时, 可将该接口信息作为配置参数之一。 In step 121, the first base station may further carry the interface information between the first base station and the second base station in an RRC message transmission configuration request message, where the interface information is that the second base station forwards the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the first base station. The interface information of the inter-base station interface corresponding to the bearer channel of the data packet on the first base station side. The interface information may include one or a combination of the following: GTP (General Data Transfer Platform) pipe end point information and/or transport layer address information, channel information between the RRC entity unit and the PDCP entity unit (channel information may include Channel identification information and channel configuration information), channel information between the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit. The second base station is being established When the channel is carried, the interface information can be used as one of the configuration parameters.
在步骤 123中, 第二基站可将第二基站与第一基站间的接口信息携带于确认消息, 该 接口是第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道对应的 基站间接口在第二基站侧的接口信息。 该接口信息可包括以下之一或组合: GTP管道终点 信息和 /或传输层地址信息, RRC实体单元和 PDCP实体单元间的信道信息, PDCP实体单元 和 RLC实体单元间的信道信息。 第一基站可根据该接口信息配置第一基站的承载通道。 In step 123, the second base station may carry the interface information between the second base station and the first base station in an acknowledgement message, where the interface is a bearer channel corresponding to the second base station forwarding the RRC message generated by the first base station or the RRC message processing data packet. The interface information of the inter-base station interface on the second base station side. The interface information may include one or a combination of: GTP pipe end point information and/or transport layer address information, channel information between the RRC entity unit and the PDCP entity unit, channel information between the PDCP entity unit and the RLC entity unit. The first base station may configure a bearer channel of the first base station according to the interface information.
在步骤 123中, 所述确认请求信息中还可包括第二站的承载通道配置信息, 和 /或第二 基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 其中, 该承载通道的配置信息可包括: PDCP实体单元信息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之 间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻辑信道标识、 逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC 实体单元信息、 物理层单元信息中的至少一种参数配置信息。 In step 123, the confirmation request information may further include bearer channel configuration information of the second station, and/or the second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station. The configuration information of the bearer channel may include: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit At least one parameter configuration information in the information and physical layer unit information.
在步骤 124中, 第一基站向 UE发送用于传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息, 其中, 所发送的承载通道配置信息包括以下之一或组合: In step 124, the first base station sends configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message to the UE, where the sent bearer channel configuration information includes one or a combination of the following:
第一基站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息; Transmitting, by the first base station, configuration information of a bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station;
第一基站转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信 息; The first base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station;
第二基站发送第二基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息; The second base station sends configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station;
第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信 息。 The second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
其中, 所述第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道 的配置信息, 可包括: PDCP实体单元信息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标 识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻辑信道标识、 逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC实体单元 信息, 物理层单元信息中的至少一种参数配置信息。 The configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station may be: the PDCP entity unit information, the RLC entity unit information, the channel identifier between the PDCP and the RLC, and the PDCP. And at least one parameter configuration information between the channel configuration information, the logical channel identifier, the logical channel configuration information, the MAC entity unit information, and the physical layer unit information.
在步骤 122中, 第二基站建立的第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处 理数据包的承载通道, 可包括: PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 物理层 实体单元; 或者, 包括: RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 物理层实体单元, 其中的 RLC实 体单元、 MAC实体单元、 物理层实体单元, 与第一基站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承 载通道中的 PDCP实体单元或独立的 PDCP实体单元所组成的承载通道为终端提供服务。 In step 122, the second base station established by the second base station forwards the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, and may include: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer entity unit. Or, comprising: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer entity unit, where the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the physical layer entity unit are in a bearer channel that is sent by the first base station to the RRC message generated by the first base station; The bearer channel formed by the PDCP entity unit or the independent PDCP entity unit provides services for the terminal.
在步骤 121中, 进一步的, 第一基站还可向终端发送指示信息, 所述指示信息用于触 发终端使用第一基站和 /或第二基站的用于传输 RRC消息的承载通道接收或发送数据。所述 指示信息可包括: 第一基站的 RRC层指示信息、 MAC层命令、 物理层命令中的一种或多种 的组合。 In step 121, the first base station may further send indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to trigger the terminal to receive or send data by using the bearer channel of the first base station and/or the second base station for transmitting the RRC message. . The indication information may include: a combination of one or more of an RRC layer indication information, a MAC layer command, and a physical layer command of the first base station.
进一步的在步骤 124中, 第一基站向 UE发送用于传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息 之后, 可接收所述终端向第一基站发送的指示信息, 触发第一基站根据已发送的承载通道 的配置信息开始发送和或接收数据。 具体的, 第一基站接收终端发送的指示信息和 /或第二 基站转发的终端的指示信息,使用第一基站和 /或第二基站用于传输 RRC消息或 RRC消息处 理数据包的承载通道接收或发送面向终端的数据。 Further, in step 124, the first base station sends configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message to the UE. Then, the indication information sent by the terminal to the first base station may be received, and the first base station is triggered to start transmitting and receiving data according to the configured configuration information of the carried bearer channel. Specifically, the first base station receives the indication information sent by the terminal and/or the indication information of the terminal forwarded by the second base station, and uses the first base station and/or the second base station to transmit the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet to receive the bearer channel. Or send data for the terminal.
进一步的, 第一基站或第二基站还可向终端发送辅助信息, 所述辅助信息可包括针对 第二基站小区的 C-RNTI ( Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier,小区无线网络临时标识) 和 /或定时提前量信息。 Further, the first base station or the second base station may further send auxiliary information to the terminal, where the auxiliary information may include a C-RNTI (Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier) and/or timing for the second base station cell. Advance information.
进一步的, 第一基站向第二基站发送 RRC消息传输配置请求消息之前, 还可包括: 第 二基站向第一基站发送第一请求消息, 该第一请求消息用于请求第一基站向第二基站发送 RRC消息传输配置请求消息。 Further, before the first base station sends the RRC message transmission configuration request message to the second base station, the method may further include: sending, by the second base station, a first request message to the first base station, where the first request message is used to request the first base station to go to the second The base station sends an RRC message transmission configuration request message.
第一基站还可以发起承载通道配置信息的修改流程。 The first base station may also initiate a modification process of the bearer channel configuration information.
参见图 13 ,为本发明实施例提供的承载通道配置信息修改流程示意图,该流程可包括: 步骤 131: 第一基站向第二基站发送 RRC消息传输配置修改消息, 所述 RRC消息传输 配置修改消息, 用于请求第二基站修改第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息 处理数据包的承载通道, 和 /或用于通知第二基站第一基站的承载通道的配置信息发生修 改。 FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a modification process of a bearer channel configuration information according to an embodiment of the present invention. The process may include: Step 131: The first base station sends an RRC message transmission configuration modification message to the second base station, where the RRC message transmission configuration modification message is sent. And the second base station is configured to modify, by the second base station, the bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, and/or for modifying the configuration information of the bearer channel of the first base station of the second base station.
步骤 132: 在该 RRC消息传输配置修改消息用于请求第二基站修改第二基站转发第一 基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的情况下, 第二基站根据该 RRC消 息传输配置修改消息, 修改第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包 的 载通道。 Step 132: In the case that the RRC message transmission configuration modification message is used to request the second base station to modify the second base station to forward the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, the second base station transmits according to the RRC message. And configuring a modification message, and modifying, by the second base station, the RRC message generated by the first base station or the carrier channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
进一步的, 上述流程还可包括: Further, the foregoing process may further include:
步骤 133: 第二基站向第一基站返回与 RRC消息传输配置修改消息对应的确认消息。 进一步的, 上述流程还可包括: Step 133: The second base station returns an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration modification message to the first base station. Further, the foregoing process may further include:
步骤 134: 第一基站和 /或第二基站向 UE发送修改后的承载通道的配置信息。 Step 134: The first base station and/or the second base station send configuration information of the modified bearer channel to the UE.
进一步的, 上述流程还可包括: Further, the foregoing process may further include:
步骤 135: UE向第一和 /或第二基站返回配置完成信息或失败信息。 配置完成信息可以 是 RRC重配置完成信息, 用于指示承载通道的修改完成; 或者, 配置完成信息可以是 MACCE, 用于指示承载通道的修改完成。 Step 135: The UE returns configuration completion information or failure information to the first and/or the second base station. The configuration completion information may be an RRC reconfiguration complete message, which is used to indicate that the modification of the bearer channel is complete; or the configuration completion information may be a MAC CE, which is used to indicate that the modification of the bearer channel is completed.
在步骤 131中, 所述配置修改消息中携带第一基站期望第二基站修改的承载通道的配 置信息, 所述第一基站期望第二基站修改的承载通道的配置信息可包括: PDCP实体单元 信息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻辑信道标识、 逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC实体单元信息, 物理层单元信息中的至少一种的 参数配置信息。 在步骤 131中, 所述配置修改消息用于通知第二基站第一基站的承载通道的配置信息 发生修改时, 所述配置修改消息中可携带第一基站修改的承载通道的配置信息。 具体的, 所述配置修改消息中携带的第一基站修改的承载通道的配置信息, 可包括: PDCP实体单 元信息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻辑信道标识、 逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC实体单元信息, 物理层单元信息中的至少一种的 参数配置信息。 In step 131, the configuration modification message carries the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify, and the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify may include: PDCP physical unit information Parameter configuration information of at least one of RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information . In the step 131, the configuration modification message is used to notify the second base station that the configuration information of the bearer channel of the first base station is modified, and the configuration modification message may carry the configuration information of the bearer channel modified by the first base station. Specifically, the configuration information of the bearer channel modified by the first base station that is carried in the configuration modification message may include: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, and channel configuration between PDCP and RLC. Parameter configuration information of at least one of information, logical channel identification, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information.
在步骤 133中, 第二基站返回的确认消息中可包括: 第二基站修改后的第二基站转发 第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 In step 133, the acknowledgment message returned by the second base station may include: the second base station that is modified by the second base station forwards configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
在步骤 134中, 第一基站可将第二基站修改后的第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消 息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信息发送给终端。 In step 134, the first base station may send, to the terminal, the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station modified by the second base station.
进一步的, 在步骤 131之前, 还可包括: 第二基站向第一基站发送第二请求消息, 所 述第二请求消息用于请求第一基站向第二基站发送 RRC消息传输通道的配置修改消息。 Further, before the step 131, the method may further include: the second base station sends a second request message to the first base station, where the second request message is used to request the first base station to send a configuration modification message of the RRC message transmission channel to the second base station. .
第一基站还可以发起承载通道释放的流程。 The first base station may also initiate a process of releasing the bearer channel.
参见图 14, 为本发明实施例提供的承载通道释放的流程示意图, 该流程可包括: 步骤 141 : 第一基站向第二基站发送 RRC消息传输配置释放消息, 所述 RRC消息传输 配置释放消息, 用于请求第二基站释放第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息 处理数据包的承载通道, 和 /或, 用于通知第二基站第一基站释放了发送 RRC消息的承载通 道。 FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a bearer channel release according to an embodiment of the present invention. The process may include: Step 141: A first base station sends an RRC message transmission configuration release message to a second base station, where the RRC message transmission configuration release message is And a host channel for requesting the second base station to release the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, and/or for notifying the second base station that the first base station releases the bearer channel for sending the RRC message.
步骤 142: 在该 RRC消息承载通道释放消息用于求第二基站释放第二基站转发第一基 站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的情况下, 第二基站根据该 RRC消息 传输配置释放消息释放第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的 承载通道。 Step 142: In the case that the RRC message bearer channel release message is used to request the second base station to release the second base station to forward the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, the second base station transmits according to the RRC message. The configuration release message releases the bearer channel that the second base station forwards the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
进一步的, 上述流程还可包括: Further, the foregoing process may further include:
步骤 143: 第二基站向第一基站返回与所述 RRC消息传输配置释放消息对应的确认消 息。 Step 143: The second base station returns, to the first base station, an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration release message.
进一步的, 上述流程还可包括: Further, the foregoing process may further include:
步骤 144: 第一基站和 /或第二基站将承载通道的释放情况通知给 UE。 Step 144: The first base station and/or the second base station notify the UE of the release of the bearer channel.
进一步的, 上述流程还可包括: Further, the foregoing process may further include:
步骤 145: UE向第一基站和 /或第二基站返回承载通道配置完成信息或失败信息。 配置 完成信息为 RRC重配置完成信息,用于指示第一基站和 /或第二基站发送 RRC消息的承载通 道的释放完成; 或者, 所述配置完成信息为 MACCE, 用于指示第一基站和 /或第二基站发 送 RRC消息的承载通道的释放完成。 Step 145: The UE returns bearer channel configuration completion information or failure information to the first base station and/or the second base station. The configuration completion information is RRC reconfiguration complete information, and is used to indicate that the release of the bearer channel of the RRC message sent by the first base station and/or the second base station is complete; or the configuration completion information is MACCE, and is used to indicate the first base station and/or Or the release of the bearer channel of the RRC message sent by the second base station is completed.
在步骤 144中, 第一基站可向 UE发送 RRC消息传输配置释放消息, 该释放消息用于请 求终端释放第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道。 上述流程还可包括: 第一基站释放第一基站上, 所述第二基站转发第一基站生成的In step 144, the first base station may send an RRC message transmission configuration release message to the UE, where the release message is used for The terminal is requested to release the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station. The foregoing process may further include: releasing, by the first base station, the first base station, where the second base station forwards the generated by the first base station
RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道, 比如 PDCP实体单元配置信息。 The RRC message or RRC message handles the bearer channel of the data packet, such as PDCP entity unit configuration information.
第二基站发起承载通道配置过程, 或发起承载通道修改过程, 或者发起承载通道释放 过程的具体实现, 可参照上述相应流程实现, 在此不再详述。 The second base station initiates the bearer channel configuration process, or initiates the bearer channel modification process, or initiates the bearer channel release process, which can be implemented by referring to the foregoing corresponding process, and is not described in detail herein.
上述方案三适用于前述的所有 RRC消息传输结构。 The foregoing scheme 3 is applicable to all of the foregoing RRC message transmission structures.
方案三中, 第一基站和 /或第二基站向 UE发送的承载通道的配置信息可包括: 第一基 站和 /或第二基站上, 用于发送 RRC消息和 /或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 具体的, 所述承载通道的配置信息的内容可包括以下内容之一或组合: PDCP实体单元信 息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻 辑信道 ID、 逻辑信道配置、 MAC实体单元信息、 PHY实体单元信息、 物理层的通道信息。 In the third solution, the configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the first base station and/or the second base station to the UE may include: on the first base station and/or the second base station, used to send an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet. The configuration information of the bearer channel. Specifically, the content of the configuration information of the bearer channel may include one or a combination of the following: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel ID, logical channel configuration, MAC entity unit information, PHY entity unit information, channel information of the physical layer.
进一步的,第一基站和 /或第二基站可向终端发送与所述承载通道的配置信息对应的指 示信息, 优选的, 可将该指示信息携带在承载通道的配置信息中发送。 该指示信息可用于 表明所述承载通道发送的 RRC消息的生成基站或基站小区, 或者用于表明所述承载通道发 送的 RRC消息的生成基站或基站小区和 RRC消息的类型, 或者用于表明所述承载通道发送 的 RRC消息的类型。 该指示信息的内容可包括以下之一: 对应承载通道的 SRB标识信息, 承载通道的标识信息, 基站或基站小区的标识信息, 逻辑信道标识信息。 Further, the first base station and/or the second base station may send the indication information corresponding to the configuration information of the bearer channel to the terminal. Preferably, the indication information may be carried in the configuration information of the bearer channel. The indication information may be used to indicate a generated base station or a base station cell of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or a type of a generated base station or a base station cell and an RRC message indicating an RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or used to indicate The type of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel. The content of the indication information may include one of the following: SRB identification information corresponding to the bearer channel, identification information of the bearer channel, identification information of the base station or the base station cell, and logical channel identification information.
RRC消息的类型可以表明该 RRC消息为移动性管理相关的消息类型, 或者 MAC层和物 理层相关的 RRC消息的类型,或者为指定类型基站的 MAC层和物理层相关的 RRC消息的类 型, 或者为指定类型基站的移动性管理相关的消息类型。 特定类型的 RRC消息, 只由特定 基站产生。 进一步的, MAC层和物理层相关的 RRC消息的类型可不包括功率控制相关的 RRC消息。) The type of the RRC message may indicate that the RRC message is a mobility management related message type, or a type of an RRC message related to a MAC layer and a physical layer, or a type of an RRC message related to a MAC layer and a physical layer of a specified type of base station, or The type of message related to mobility management for a given type of base station. A specific type of RRC message is generated only by a specific base station. Further, the type of the RRC message related to the MAC layer and the physical layer may not include the power control related RRC message. )
进一步的, 第一基站和 /或第二基站还可将以下映射关系信息中的一种或组合, 发送给 UE, 这些映射关系信息中的 "指示信息", 即为上述与承载通道的配置信息对应的指示信 息, 这些映射关系信息可包括: Further, the first base station and/or the second base station may also send one or a combination of the following mapping relationship information to the UE, and the “information information” in the mapping relationship information is the configuration information of the foregoing bearer channel. Corresponding indication information, the mapping relationship information may include:
( 1 )指示信息与基站或基站小区的映射关系信息, 其中的基站或基站小区是指该指 示信息对应的承载通道上发送的 RRC消息的生成基站或基站小区; (1) mapping information indicating the mapping relationship between the information and the base station or the base station cell, where the base station or the base station cell is the generating base station or the base station cell of the RRC message sent on the bearer channel corresponding to the indication information;
( 2 )指示信息与基站或基站小区以及与 RRC消息的类型的映射关系信息, 其中的基 站或基站小区是指该指示信息对应的承载通道上发送的 RRC消息的生成基站或基站小区; ( 3 )指示信息于该指示信息对应的承载通道上发送的 RRC消息的类型的映射关系信 息。 (2) mapping information indicating the mapping information with the base station or the base station cell and the type of the RRC message, where the base station or the base station cell is the generating base station or the base station cell of the RRC message sent on the bearer channel corresponding to the indication information; And mapping information indicating the type of the RRC message sent on the bearer channel corresponding to the indication information.
进一步的, 上述信令无线承载通道的 SRB可以是现有的 SRB ( SRBO, SRB1或 SRB2 ) 也可以是扩展得到的 SRB, 表示为 SRBN ( N为大于 2的自然数), 比如 SRB3。 一种优选的 表现形式为 SRBxx-yy, xx代表传输生成该 SRB的 RRC消息的基站和或基站小区信息, yy代 表对应的 SRB的标识。 当然, xx和 yy代表的意义可以互换。 Further, the SRB of the signaling radio bearer channel may be an existing SRB (SRBO, SRB1 or SRB2) or an extended SRB, represented as SRBN (N is a natural number greater than 2), such as SRB3. a preferred The representation is SRBxx-yy, where xx represents the base station and or base station cell information for transmitting the RRC message of the SRB, and yy represents the identifier of the corresponding SRB. Of course, the meaning of xx and yy can be interchanged.
进一步的, 上述承载通道的标识信息可以是 SRB标识, 或者可以是本发明实施例定义 的新类型的承载标识。 Further, the identifier information of the bearer channel may be an SRB identifier, or may be a new type of bearer identifier defined in the embodiment of the present invention.
进一步的, SRB或上述承载通道使用的逻辑信道标识,可以是现有的逻辑信道标识(逻 辑信道 0或逻辑信道 1 ), 也可以是扩展的逻辑信道标识, 所述扩展的逻辑信道标识为 0和 1 之外的逻辑信道标识, 比如逻辑信道 2。 Further, the logical channel identifier used by the SRB or the bearer channel may be an existing logical channel identifier (logical channel 0 or logical channel 1), or may be an extended logical channel identifier, where the extended logical channel identifier is 0. Logical channel identifiers other than 1 and 1, such as logical channel 2.
进一步的, 上述承载通道的配置信息中可包括 SRB承载标识和对应的多个承载通道的 配置信息。 SRB承载对应的多个承载通道中的第 N个承载通道或者第 M个承载通道的 PDCP 层所属的基站和 /或基站小区, 表明 SRB标识的 RRC消息的生成基站和 /或基站小区的信息。 优选的, M和 N均为 1。 比如, 承载通道的配置信息中可包括如下配置信息: Further, the configuration information of the bearer channel may include the SRB bearer identifier and configuration information of the corresponding multiple bearer channels. The SRB carries the Nth bearer channel of the corresponding multiple bearer channels or the base station and/or the base station cell to which the PDCP layer of the Mth bearer channel belongs, indicating the information of the base station and/or the base station cell of the RRC message identified by the SRB. Preferably, both M and N are 1. For example, the configuration information of the bearer channel can include the following configuration information:
SRBl(MeNB, PDCP等, SeNB PDCP等, MeNB PDCP+SeNB RLC等) SRB1 (MeNB, PDCP, etc., SeNB PDCP, etc., MeNB PDCP+SeNB RLC, etc.)
则其中第一个承载通道("MeNB, PDCP等" 标识的承载通道)或第一个承载通道的 PDCP所属的基站(MeNB ),是 SRB1标识的 RRC消息的生成基站。通过这种方式,可在 SRB 对应多个承载通道的情况下, 表明该 SRC所标识的 RRC消息的生成基站。 Then, the first bearer channel (the bearer channel identified by "MeNB, PDCP, etc.") or the base station (MeNB) to which the PDCP of the first bearer channel belongs is the base station for generating the RRC message identified by SRB1. In this way, the generated base station of the RRC message identified by the SRC may be indicated if the SRB corresponds to multiple bearer channels.
进一步的, 上述承载通道的配置信息中可包括多个承载通道的配置信息。 该多个承载 通道的配置信息中, SRB标识与该 SRB标识所标识的多个承载通道中的第 N个承载通道的 承载标识相同, 和 /或, SRB标识所标识的 RRC消息的生成基站和 /或基站小区的信息与第 M 个承载通道所属的基站和 /或基站小区相同。 优选的, M和 N取值相同, 都可取值为 1。 上述 承载通道的配置信息中包括多个承载通道的配置信息的情况, 通常是 RRC消息的承载通道 是从该 RRC消息的生成基站经其他基站到达到终端的情况, 为描述方便, 在以下的例子中 将该承载通道称为组合承载通道, 比如,组合承载通道的配置信息中可包括如下配置信息: ( MeNB SRB1 , SeNB SRB3 ) Further, the configuration information of the bearer channel may include configuration information of multiple bearer channels. The configuration information of the multiple bearer channels is the same as the bearer identifier of the Nth bearer channel of the multiple bearer channels identified by the SRB identifier, and/or the generated base station of the RRC message identified by the SRB identifier. The information of the base station cell is the same as the base station and/or the base station cell to which the Mth bearer channel belongs. Preferably, M and N have the same value and may each have a value of 1. The configuration information of the bearer channel includes multiple bearer channel configuration information. Generally, the bearer channel of the RRC message is from the base station of the RRC message to the terminal through the other base station. For convenience of description, in the following example. For example, the configuration information of the combined bearer channel may include the following configuration information: (MeNB SRB1, SeNB SRB3)
上述组合承载通道的配置信息中包含两个承载通道的配置信息: MeNB SRB1和 SeNB SRB3 , 该组合承载通道的 SRB1可以与第一个承载通道 "MeNB SRB1" 的承载标识相同, 或 /和, 该组合承载通道的 SRB1所标识的 RRC消息的生成基站和 /或基站小区, 与第一个承 载通道 "MeNB SRBl" 所属的基站和 /或基站小区 "MeNB" 相同。 即, 根据以上规则, 可 根据该组合承载通道的配置信息, 确定出该组合承载通道的 SRB标识, 或者说确定出该组 合通道所传输的 RRC消息的类型。 The configuration information of the combined bearer channel includes configuration information of two bearer channels: MeNB SRB1 and SeNB SRB3, and the SRB1 of the combined bearer channel may be the same as the bearer identifier of the first bearer channel "MeNB SRB1", or/and The generating base station and/or the base station cell of the RRC message identified by the SRB1 of the combined bearer channel is the same as the base station and/or the base station cell "MeNB" to which the first bearer channel "MeNB SRB1" belongs. That is, according to the above rules, the SRB identifier of the combined bearer channel may be determined according to the configuration information of the combined bearer channel, or the type of the RRC message transmitted by the combined channel may be determined.
上述基站向终端发送的承载通道配置信息的具体内容, 同样适用于前述的方案一和方 案二。 The specific content of the bearer channel configuration information sent by the base station to the terminal is also applicable to the foregoing scheme 1 and scheme 2.
在方案三中, 终端侧的相关处理操作可包括: 终端接收基站发送的承载通道的配置信 息, 所述承载通道包括以下配置信息之一或组合: 第一基站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息; In the third solution, the related processing operations on the terminal side may include: receiving, by the terminal, configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station, where the bearer channel includes one or a combination of the following configuration information: Transmitting, by the first base station, configuration information of a bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station;
第一基站转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息数据包的承载通道的配置信息; 第二基站发送第二基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息; The first base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the second base station; the second base station sends the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station;
第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 进一步的, 终端接收基站发送的承载通道的配置信息之后, 还可根据接收到的承载通 道的配置信息, 从对应的承载通道上接收和或发送数据; 或者, 利用随机接入过程接入基 站后, 根据预先配置的用于传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息, 从对应的承载通道上接 收和或发送数据。 具体的, 所述终端根据接收到的承载通道的配置信息, 从对应的承载通 道上接收 RRC消息的过程可包括: 所述终端接收基站发送的指示信息,根据所述指示信息, 利用接收到的承载通道的配置信息建立承载通道, 从对应的承载通道上接收或发送数据。 其中, 所述指示信息可包括: 基站的 RRC层指示信息、 MAC CE、 物理层命令中的一种或 多种的组合。 进一步的, 所述指示信息可通过 RRC专用信令发送。 The second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the first base station. Further, after receiving the configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station, the terminal may receive and send data from the corresponding bearer channel according to the received configuration information of the bearer channel; or, after accessing the base station by using a random access procedure And receiving and transmitting data from the corresponding bearer channel according to the configuration information of the pre-configured bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message. Specifically, the process for the terminal to receive the RRC message from the corresponding bearer channel according to the received configuration information of the bearer channel may include: the terminal receiving the indication information sent by the base station, and using the received information according to the indication information. The configuration information of the bearer channel establishes a bearer channel, and receives or transmits data from the corresponding bearer channel. The indication information may include: a combination of one or more of an RRC layer indication information, a MAC CE, and a physical layer command of the base station. Further, the indication information may be sent by using RRC dedicated signaling.
可选的, 所述终端根据接收到的承载通道的配置信息, 从对应的承载通道上接收 RRC 消息的过程, 包括: 所述终端向基站发送指示信息, 触发收到所述指示信息的基站根据已 发送的承载通道的配置信息开始发送和或接收数据, 进一步的, 基站利用另一基站转发数 据(所述基站和所述另一基站, 是指上述第一基站和上述第二基站, 或上述第二基站和上 述第一基站)。 进一步的, 所述终端根据所述指示信息, 利用接收到的承载通道的配置信 息对应的承载通道, 从对应的承载通道上接收和或发送数据。 其中, 所述指示信息为 RRC 消息, 或者 MACCE, 或者物理层命令, 或者为一个测量报告。 Optionally, the process of receiving, by the terminal, the RRC message from the corresponding bearer channel according to the received configuration information of the bearer channel, the method includes: the terminal sending the indication information to the base station, and triggering the base station that receives the indication information according to the The configuration information of the transmitted bearer channel starts to transmit and receive data, and further, the base station forwards data by using another base station, where the base station and the another base station refer to the first base station and the second base station, or the foregoing a second base station and the first base station described above). Further, the terminal receives and transmits data from the corresponding bearer channel by using the bearer channel corresponding to the received configuration information of the bearer channel according to the indication information. The indication information is an RRC message, or a MACCE, or a physical layer command, or a measurement report.
所述指示信息为 RRC消息, 具体为触发基站在该承载通道发送和或接收数据的专用 The indication information is an RRC message, specifically for triggering a base station to send and receive data on the bearer channel.
RRC消息, 或者为一个测量报告。 所述测量报告可携带触发基站在上述承载通道发送和或 接收数据的专用测量信息。 可选的, 基站提前配置用于触发基站在上述承载通道发送和或 接收数据的测量事件, 终端检测测量结果满足测量事件上报条件后, 向基站发送基于该测 量事件的测量报告, 触发基站在承载通道发送和或接收数据, 和或提示基站该终端准备接 收和或发送该承载通道的数据。 RRC message, or a measurement report. The measurement report may carry dedicated measurement information that triggers the base station to transmit and receive data on the bearer channel. Optionally, the base station is configured in advance to trigger a measurement event that the base station sends and/or receives data on the bearer channel, and after detecting that the measurement result meets the measurement event reporting condition, the terminal sends a measurement report based on the measurement event to the base station, and triggers the base station to be in the bearer. The channel transmits and/or receives data, and or prompts the base station that the terminal is ready to receive and or transmit data of the bearer channel.
考虑到 RRC消息发送延迟较大, 所以所述指示信息, 也可以采用 MACCE和或物理层 命令的方式发送给基站。 当终端以这种方式发送指示信息后, 基站能够快速解析该信息。 The indication information may also be sent to the base station by using a MAC CE or a physical layer command, in consideration of the RRC message transmission delay being large. After the terminal sends the indication information in this manner, the base station can quickly parse the information.
当然, 所述指示信息可以为 RRC消息, 或者 MACCE, 或者物理层命令中至少之一和 或组合。 Of course, the indication information may be at least one and or a combination of an RRC message, or a MACCE, or a physical layer command.
终端可以将所述指示信息发送给第一基站的小区。 可选地, 终端可以将所述指示信息 发送给第二基站的小区, 此时, 若第二基站接收该指示信息, 可以转发该指示信息的意义 给第一基站, 触发第一基站向第二基站发送数据。 The terminal may send the indication information to a cell of the first base station. Optionally, the terminal may send the indication information to the cell of the second base station. At this time, if the second base station receives the indication information, the meaning of the indication information may be forwarded to the first base station, and the first base station is triggered to the second base station. The base station transmits data.
可选的, UE的指示信息可以发送给第一基站(或者第一基站的小区), 也可以发送给 第二基站(或者第二基站的小区) 。 两次发送也可以不分先后。 第一基站接受到信息后, 发送数据给第二基站, 第二基站接收第一基站的数据, 并转发给 UE。 Optionally, the indication information of the UE may be sent to the first base station (or the cell of the first base station), or may be sent to The second base station (or the cell of the second base station). Sending twice can also be done in no particular order. After receiving the information, the first base station sends data to the second base station, and the second base station receives the data of the first base station and forwards the data to the UE.
进一步的,在上述终端侧的处理流程的基础上,终端还可以接收基站发送的辅助信息, 所述辅助信息包括基站分配给所述终端的针对第二基站小区的 C-RNTI。 Further, on the basis of the processing procedure on the terminal side, the terminal may further receive auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the auxiliary information includes a C-RNTI allocated by the base station to the terminal for the second base station cell.
进一步的, 在上述终端侧的处理流程的基础上, 还可包括: 所述终端接收基站发送的 修改后的用于传输 RRC消息或 RRC消息数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 Further, on the basis of the processing procedure on the terminal side, the terminal may further include: the terminal receiving configuration information of the modified bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message or the RRC message data packet sent by the base station.
进一步的, 在上述终端侧的处理流程的基础上, 还可包括: 所述终端接收基站发送的 RRC消息承载通道的释放消息, 根据所述释放消息释放对应的用于传输 RRC消息或 RRC消 息数据包的承载通道。 Further, on the basis of the processing flow on the terminal side, the method may further include: receiving, by the terminal, a release message of an RRC message bearer channel sent by the base station, and releasing, according to the release message, a corresponding RRC message or RRC message data. The carrying channel of the package.
进一步的, 在上述终端侧的处理流程的基础上, 所述承载通道的配置信息可包括: 信 令承载标识信息、 PDCP实体单元信息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻辑信道标识、 逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC实体单元信息、 物理层单元信息中的至少一种参数配置信息。 进一步的, 所述承载通道的配置信息还可包 括: PDCP实体单元的网络节点信息、 RLC实体单元的网络节点信息、 MAC实体单元的网 络节点信息、 物理层单元的网络节点信息中的至少一种参数配置信息, 其中, 所述网络节 点信息可以是网络节点的标识信息、 网络节点的频率信息、 PCI ( Physical Cell Identity, 物 理小区标识)、 ECGI ( ETUI Cell Global Identity )信息中的至少之一的; 或者, 所述承载通 道的配置信息还可进一步包括: PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 物理层 单元同属的第一网络节点信息, 和或 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 物理层单元同属的第 二网络节点信息。 Further, the configuration information of the bearer channel may include: signaling bearer identification information, PDCP physical unit information, RLC physical unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, PDCP, and At least one parameter configuration information of channel configuration information, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information between the RLCs. Further, the configuration information of the bearer channel may further include: at least one of network node information of a PDCP entity unit, network node information of an RLC entity unit, network node information of a MAC entity unit, and network node information of a physical layer unit. Parameter configuration information, where the network node information may be at least one of identification information of a network node, frequency information of a network node, PCI (Physical Cell Identity), and ECGI (ETUI Cell Global Identity) information. Or the configuration information of the bearer channel may further include: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, a first network node information of the same physical layer unit, and or an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer. The second network node information of the same unit.
通过对上述方案三的描述可以看出, 基站间通过上述交互过程实现了对用于传输 RRC 消息的承载通道的管理, 可包括承载通道的建立、 承载通道的修改以及承载通道的释放过 程, 尤其实现了对跨基站的信令无线承载通道的管理配置。 通过采用上述方法建立的承载 通道, 可以实现 RRC消息的跨基站转发, 和 /或 RRC消息的反馈信息的跨基站转发。 上述方 案适用于多种 RRC消息传输架构。 The description of the foregoing solution 3 shows that the management of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message is implemented by the foregoing interaction process, and may include the establishment of the bearer channel, the modification of the bearer channel, and the release process of the bearer channel, especially The management configuration of the signaling radio bearer channel across the base station is implemented. The bearer channel established by the foregoing method can implement cross-base station forwarding of RRC messages, and/or cross-base station forwarding of feedback information of RRC messages. The above scheme is applicable to a variety of RRC message transmission architectures.
方案四: 控制面数据包的转发方法 Scheme 4: Control plane packet forwarding method
在现有技术中, 一个基站为另一个基站转发控制面数据包(比如 RRC消息或 RRC消息 处理数据包) 时, 往往是透传的。 例如, 第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息时, 不知 道其具体内容, 可能导致第二基站根据自己的调度情况, 延迟了该 RRC消息的发送。 In the prior art, when one base station forwards a control plane data packet (such as an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet) to another base station, it is often transparent. For example, when the second base station forwards the RRC message generated by the first base station, it does not know the specific content, which may cause the second base station to delay the transmission of the RRC message according to its own scheduling situation.
为了提升发送效率, 本发明实施例中, 在转发控制面数据包时, 第一基站可以在将需 要由第二基站转发的控制面数据包发送给第二基站时还发送该控制面数据包对应的指示 信息。该指示信息可用于指示对应的控制面数据包的发送优先级和 /或第二基站的处理操作 等信息, 第二基站可根据该指示信息对相应的控制面数据包进行转发。 参见图 15 , 为本发明实施例提供的控制面数据包的转发流程示意图。该流程中的 "第 一基站"可代表 MeNB或 SeNB, 如果 "第一基站"代表 MeNB, 则 "第二基站"代表 SeNB; 如果 "第一基站" 代表 SeNB, 则 "第二基站" 可代表 MeNB和 /或其他 SeNB。 该流程可包 括: In the embodiment of the present invention, when forwarding the control plane data packet, the first base station may further send the control plane data packet when transmitting the control plane data packet that needs to be forwarded by the second base station to the second base station. Instructions. The indication information may be used to indicate information such as a sending priority of the corresponding control plane data packet and/or a processing operation of the second base station, and the second base station may forward the corresponding control plane data packet according to the indication information. FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a forwarding process of a control plane data packet according to an embodiment of the present invention. The "first base station" in the flow may represent the MeNB or the SeNB. If the "first base station" represents the MeNB, the "second base station" represents the SeNB; if the "first base station" represents the SeNB, the "second base station" may represent MeNB and/or other SeNBs. The process can include:
步骤 151 : 第一基站向第二基站发送控制面数据包和指示信息, 以便第二基站根据所 述指示信息发送所述控制面数据包和 /或第二基站的调度信息。 Step 151: The first base station sends a control plane data packet and indication information to the second base station, so that the second base station sends the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station according to the indication information.
步骤 152: 第二基站接收到该控制面数据包后, 根据对应的指示信息发送所述控制面 数据包和 /或第二基站的调度信息。 Step 152: After receiving the control plane data packet, the second base station sends the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station according to the corresponding indication information.
在步骤 151中, 第一基站可在发送控制面数据包之前发送与该控制面数据包对应的指 示信息, 或者在发送控制面数据包之后发送与该控制面数据包对应的指示信息, 也可以与 控制面数据包同时发送。 In step 151, the first base station may send the indication information corresponding to the control plane data packet before transmitting the control plane data packet, or send the indication information corresponding to the control plane data packet after transmitting the control plane data packet, or may Sent at the same time as the control plane packet.
所述指示信息可包括以下之一或组合: The indication information may include one or a combination of the following:
该控制面数据包的时间信息; 其中, 所述时间信息包括时间紧急程度、 最大容忍时延 等至少之一; The time information of the control plane data packet; wherein the time information includes at least one of a time urgency, a maximum tolerance delay, and the like;
该控制面数据包的重要性; The importance of the control plane packet;
该控制面数据包的分类信息; Classification information of the control plane data packet;
该控制面数据包的等级信息; Level information of the control plane data packet;
转发该控制面数据包的基站对所述控制面数据包的处理信息; 其中, 不同的处理信息 可代表不同的转发策略。 Processing information of the control plane data packet by the base station that forwards the control plane data packet; wherein different processing information may represent different forwarding policies.
第二基站和 /或第二基站小区针对终端的去激活信息; Deactivation information of the second base station and/or the second base station cell for the terminal;
第二基站和 /或第二基站 '〗、区针对终端的连接释放信息; The second base station and/or the second base station', the area release information for the connection of the terminal;
第二基站和 /或第二基站小区针对终端的数据无线承载和 /或信令无线承载的连接释放 信息。 The second base station and/or the second base station cell release information for the connection of the data radio bearer and/or the signalling radio bearer of the terminal.
其中, 控制面数据包分类的依据可以包括: 控制面数据包所属的协议层, 包括: RRC 层消息, PDCP层消息, RLC层消息, MAC层消息, 物理层消息之一。 控制面数据包分类 的依据还可以是: 移动性管理相关消息, 物理层无线资源配置信息, NAS ( Non- Access Stratum, 非接入层)信息, 或者切换基站等。 The basis of the control plane data packet classification may include: a protocol layer to which the control plane data packet belongs, including: an RRC layer message, a PDCP layer message, an RLC layer message, a MAC layer message, and one of physical layer messages. The control plane packet classification may also be based on: mobility management related messages, physical layer radio resource configuration information, NAS (Non-Access Stratum) information, or handover base stations.
控制面数据包的分类信息, 用于表示该控制面数据包对应的信息(即该控制面数据包 中的控制信息)为移动性管理相关消息,或者物理层无线资源配置信息,或者 NAC层信息, 或者切换第二基站的消息。 控制面数据包的分类信息, 也可用于指示第二基站执行相应的 调度和发送处理。 和 /或, 控制面数据包的分类信息既可表示该控制面数据包对应的信息属 于哪种类型的信息(如上所述的移动性管理相关消息, 或者物理层无线资源配置信息等), 也可表示用于转发控制面数据包的基站执行相应的调度和发送处理。 在步骤 152中, 第二基站在转发控制面数据包时, 如果对应的指示信息所指示的控制 面数据包的时间紧急程度较高, 或控制面数据包的重要性较高, 或控制面数据包的等级较 高, 则第二基站对该控制面数据包进行优先调度和发送。 具体实施时, 可根据实际需要, 设定需要优先调度和发送的控制面数据包所对应的紧急程度参数的门限值, 或重要性参数 的门限值, 或等级参数的门限值。 第二基站可以将需要转发的控制数据包对应的指示信息 中的参数值, 与相应参数的门限值进行比较, 来确定对该控制数据包所采用的调度和发送 策略。 The classification information of the control plane data packet is used to indicate that the information corresponding to the control plane data packet (ie, the control information in the control plane data packet) is a mobility management related message, or a physical layer radio resource configuration information, or a NAC layer information. , or switch the message of the second base station. The classification information of the control plane data packet may also be used to instruct the second base station to perform corresponding scheduling and transmission processing. And/or, the classification information of the control plane data packet can indicate which type of information (the mobility management related message or the physical layer radio resource configuration information, etc.) of the information corresponding to the control plane data packet belongs to, and The base station for forwarding control plane data packets can be represented to perform corresponding scheduling and transmission processing. In step 152, when forwarding the control plane data packet, the second base station has a higher temporal urgency of the control plane data packet indicated by the corresponding indication information, or a higher importance of the control plane data packet, or control plane data. If the level of the packet is high, the second base station preferentially schedules and transmits the control plane data packet. In the specific implementation, the threshold value of the urgency parameter corresponding to the control plane data packet that needs to be preferentially scheduled and transmitted, or the threshold value of the importance parameter, or the threshold value of the level parameter may be set according to actual needs. The second base station may compare the parameter value in the indication information corresponding to the control data packet that needs to be forwarded with the threshold value of the corresponding parameter to determine a scheduling and sending policy adopted by the control data packet.
具体实施时, 可根据需要, 预先设置控制面数据包的分类信息与控制面数据包的转发 策略的对应关系。 这样, 在步骤 152中, 第二基站在转发控制面数据包时, 可才艮据对应的 指示信息所指示的控制面数据包的种类, 采用对应的转发策略对该控制面数据包进行调度 和发送。 第二基站转发控制面数据包时, 也可以根据对应的指示信息所指示的控制面数据 包的转发策略, 采用对应的调度和发送处理操作该控制面数据包进行调度和发送。 In a specific implementation, the correspondence between the classification information of the control plane data packet and the forwarding strategy of the control plane data packet may be preset according to requirements. In this way, in step 152, when forwarding the control plane data packet, the second base station may use the corresponding forwarding policy to schedule the control plane data packet according to the type of the control plane data packet indicated by the corresponding indication information. send. When the second base station forwards the control plane data packet, the control plane data packet may be scheduled and sent according to the forwarding policy of the control plane data packet indicated by the corresponding indication information.
在步骤 152中, 第二基站转发控制面数据包时, 也可以根据对应的指示信息所指示的 控制面数据包的处理信息, 对该控制面数据包进行调度和发送。 In step 152, when the second base station forwards the control plane data packet, the control plane data packet may be scheduled and sent according to the processing information of the control plane data packet indicated by the corresponding indication information.
上述流程中的控制面数据包, 可包括: RRC消息或 RRC消息在经过 RRC实体单元、 The control plane data packet in the foregoing process may include: an RRC message or an RRC message after passing through the RRC entity unit,
PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元或 MAC实体单元处理后的数据包。 上述流程中的控制面数 据包也可以是其他类型的控制消息或该控制消息经过 RRC实体单元、 PDCP实体单元、 RLC 实体单元或 MAC实体单元处理后的数据包。 A packet processed by a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, or a MAC entity unit. The control plane data packet in the above process may also be other types of control messages or data packets processed by the control message through the RRC entity unit, the PDCP entity unit, the RLC entity unit or the MAC entity unit.
应用上述控制面数据包转发方法的一个具体实例是: 当第一基站决定将 UE从第二基站 切换走时, 可以将切换命令和对应的指示信息发送给第二基站, 该指示信息表明该切换命 令的紧急程度较高、 重要程度较高、 属于移动性信息、 等级为一级(级别较高) , 或者通 知第二基站立即发送该消息 (停止第二基站自身的重配置信息发送) 。 这样, 第二基站收 到该切换命令后, 根据对应的指示信息, 可尽快发送该切换命令给 UE, 并可进一步的, 考 虑到后续 UE将切换到其他基站, 因此停止对该 UE发送控制面或数据面的信息。 A specific example of the foregoing control plane packet forwarding method is: when the first base station decides to switch the UE from the second base station, the handover command and the corresponding indication information may be sent to the second base station, where the indication information indicates the handover command The urgency is higher, the degree of importance is higher, the mobility information is, the level is one level (higher level), or the second base station is notified to immediately send the message (stopping the reconfiguration information transmission of the second base station itself). In this way, after receiving the handover command, the second base station may send the handover command to the UE as soon as possible according to the corresponding indication information, and may further stop transmitting the control plane to the UE, considering that the subsequent UE will switch to another base station. Or information on the data side.
第二基站有控制数据包需要第一基站转发时, 也可采用与上述流程类似的处理流程。 本方案四提供的控制数据包转发的方法, 可应用于上述方案一、 方案二或方案三中。 通过对上述方案四的描述可以看出, 第一基站需要通过第二基站转发控制面数据包 时, 除了将需要转发的控制数据包发送给第二基站以外, 还将该控制数据包对应的指示信 息也发送给第二基站, 该指示信息用于指导第二基站对该控制面数据包的调度和发送, 从 而使该控制数据包的转发一定程度上受控。 尤其在上述方案一、 方案二或方案三中引入了 基站间交互的方案中, 通过对如何转发 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包, 或者如何转发 RRC消息的反馈信息, 给出约定描述, 针对需要及时转发的消息或处理数据包, 可以使转 发基站及时进行转发。 为了更清楚的阐述本发明, 下面分别通过多个具体实例描述本发明的上述方案的具体 实现过程。 When the second base station has a control data packet that needs to be forwarded by the first base station, a processing flow similar to the above process may also be employed. The method for controlling data packet forwarding provided by the fourth scheme can be applied to the foregoing scheme 1, scheme 2 or scheme 3. As can be seen from the description of the foregoing solution 4, when the first base station needs to forward the control plane data packet by using the second base station, in addition to sending the control data packet that needs to be forwarded to the second base station, the indication corresponding to the control data packet is also The information is also sent to the second base station, and the indication information is used to guide the second base station to schedule and send the control plane data packet, so that the forwarding of the control data packet is controlled to a certain extent. In particular, in the schemes in which the inter-base station interaction is introduced in the foregoing scheme 1, the second scheme or the third scheme, the protocol description is given by how to forward the RRC message or the RRC message to process the data packet, or how to forward the feedback information of the RRC message. The forwarded message or the processed data packet enables the forwarding base station to forward in time. In order to explain the present invention more clearly, the specific implementation process of the above solution of the present invention is described below by a plurality of specific examples.
实施例一 Embodiment 1
本实施例描述了采用上述传输架构 1的情况下, 方案一和方案二的具体实现过程。 参见图 5A, MeNB可通过 DL-1和 /或 DL-2将 MeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据 包发送给 UE。 This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the first scheme and the second scheme in the case of adopting the above transmission architecture 1. Referring to FIG. 5A, the MeNB may send an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB to the UE through the DL-1 and/or the DL-2.
MeNB通过 DL- 1发送 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的过程包括: MeNB的 RRC实体单元生成 The process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the DL-1 includes: RRC entity unit generation of the MeNB
RRC消息处理数据包, 并将其提交给 MeNB上的 PDCP实体单元, PDCP实体单元处理完成 后, 依次经过 MeNB上的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元, 该 RRC消息处理 数据包被封装为 RRC消息发送到 UE。 The RRC message processes the data packet and submits it to the PDCP entity unit on the MeNB. After the processing of the PDCP entity unit is completed, the RCP entity unit, the MAC entity unit and the PHY entity unit on the MeNB are sequentially passed, and the RRC message processing data packet is encapsulated. Send an RRC message to the UE.
MeNB通过 DL-2发送 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的过程包括: MeNB的 RRC实体单元生成 The process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the DL-2 includes: RRC entity unit generation of the MeNB
RRC消息处理数据包, 并将其发送给 SeNB上的 PDCP实体单元, SeNB的上 PDCP实体单元 处理完成后, 依次经过 SeNB上的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元, 该 RRC 消息处理数据包被封装为 RRC消息发送到 UE。 The RRC message processes the data packet and sends it to the PDCP entity unit on the SeNB. After the processing of the upper PDCP entity unit of the SeNB is completed, the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit and the PHY entity unit on the SeNB are sequentially passed, and the RRC message processing data is processed. The packet is encapsulated as an RRC message and sent to the UE.
MeNB的 RRC实体单元生成的 RRC消息处理数据包中的 IE与 SeNB生成的 RRC消息或 The RRC message generated by the RRC message processing unit of the MeNB and the RRC message generated by the SeNB or
RRC消息处理数据包中的 IE可区分, 或者该 RRC消息处理数据包中携带用于标识生成该The IE in the RRC message processing data packet can be distinguished, or the RRC message processing data packet carries the identifier for generating the
RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息。 Information of the base station and/or base station cell of the RRC message.
参见图 5B, UE接收到 RRC消息后, 确定出该 RRC消息是由 MeNB生成的, 则通过与 Referring to FIG. 5B, after receiving the RRC message, the UE determines that the RRC message is generated by the MeNB, and then passes the
MeNB对应的一组 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元处理后发 送, 和 /或, 通过与 SeNB对应的一组 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY 实体单元处理后发送。 该 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带指示信息, 指示出生成该 RRC消息的 基站是 MeNB。 A group of PDCP entity units, RLC entity units, MAC entity units, and PHY entity units corresponding to the MeNB are processed and transmitted, and/or, through a group of PDCP entity units, RLC entity units, MAC entity units, and PHY entity units corresponding to the SeNB. Sent after processing. The feedback information of the RRC message carries indication information, indicating that the base station that generates the RRC message is the MeNB.
MeNB的 PDCP实体单元收到该 RRC消息的反馈信息后,根据该反馈信息中携带的指示 信息,确定出该 RRC消息是本基站生成的,则将该 RRC消息的反馈信息提交给 MeNB的 RRC 实体单元进行解析。 SeNB的 PDCP实体单元收到该 RRC消息的反馈信息后, 根据该反馈信 息中携带的指示信息确定出该 RRC消息是 MeNB生成的, 则将该 RRC消息的反馈信息发送 给 MeNB的 RRC实体单元。 After receiving the feedback information of the RRC message, the PDCP entity unit of the MeNB determines, according to the indication information carried in the feedback information, that the RRC message is generated by the local base station, and submits the feedback information of the RRC message to the RRC entity of the MeNB. The unit is parsed. After receiving the feedback information of the RRC message, the PDCP entity unit of the SeNB determines, according to the indication information carried in the feedback information, that the RRC message is generated by the MeNB, and sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the RRC entity unit of the MeNB.
上述发送 RRC消息的反馈信息的承载通道如图 5B中的 UL-1和 UL-2所示。 其中, UL-1 是 DL-1对应的上行通道, UL-2是 DL-2对应的上行通道。 The bearer channel for transmitting the feedback information of the RRC message is as shown in UL-1 and UL-2 in FIG. 5B. Among them, UL-1 is the uplink channel corresponding to DL-1, and UL-2 is the uplink channel corresponding to DL-2.
当然, UE在将该 RRC消息的反馈信息通过与 SeNB对应的一组 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实 体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元处理后发送时, 也可在该 RRC消息的反馈信息中携 带指示信息, 指示出由 SeNB解析该 RRC消息的反馈信息。 这样, SeNB的 PDCP实体单元收 到该 RRC消息的反馈信息后, 根据该反馈信息中携带的指示信息确定出由本基站解析, 则 将该 RRC消息的反馈信息发送给 SeNB的 RRC实体单元。 Of course, the UE may also carry the indication in the feedback information of the RRC message when the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the group of the PDCP entity unit, the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit corresponding to the SeNB. The information indicates that the SeNB parses the feedback information of the RRC message. In this way, after receiving the feedback information of the RRC message, the PDCP entity unit of the SeNB determines that the base station parses according to the indication information carried in the feedback information, The feedback information of the RRC message is sent to the RRC entity unit of the SeNB.
同理, SeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息数据包的发送过程 , 以及该 RRC消息的反馈信 息的发送过程, 其原理同上所述, 在此不再赘述。 For the same reason, the sending process of the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the SeNB and the sending process of the feedback information of the RRC message are as described above, and are not described herein again.
上述 RRC消息的反馈信息的发送过程中, UE可以通过与该 RRC消息的生成基站对应的 一组实体单元进行处理后发送, 和 /或, 可通过与其他基站对应的一组实体单元进行处理后 发送。 具体通过哪条上行通道发送, UE可根据网络侧的配置或协议规定, 选择发送 RRC 消息的反馈信息的上行通道, 也可自行选择发送 RRC消息的反馈信息的上行通道。 比如, 网络侧可向终端配置以下策略: 如果生成 RRC消息的基站是 MeNB , 则选择 SeNB对应的一 组实体单元进行处理后发送, 使该 RRC消息的反馈信息通过 SeNB转发 MeNB生成的 RRC消 息的承载通道的上行通道发送给 MeNB。 During the sending of the feedback information of the RRC message, the UE may perform processing after being processed by a group of physical units corresponding to the generated base station of the RRC message, and/or may be processed by a group of physical units corresponding to other base stations. send. The uplink channel through which the feedback information of the RRC message is sent may be selected by the UE according to the configuration or protocol of the network side, or the uplink channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message may be selected by the UE. For example, the network side may configure the following policy to the terminal: If the base station that generates the RRC message is the MeNB, the group of physical units corresponding to the SeNB is selected for processing and then sent, so that the feedback information of the RRC message is forwarded by the SeNB to the RRC message generated by the MeNB. The uplink channel carrying the channel is sent to the MeNB.
实施例二 Embodiment 2
本实施例描述了采用上述传输架构 2的情况下, 方案一和方案二的具体实现过程。 参见图 6A, MeNB可通过 DL-1和 /或 DL-2将 MeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据 包发送给 UE。 This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the first scheme and the second scheme in the case of adopting the above transmission architecture 2. Referring to FIG. 6A, the MeNB may send an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB to the UE through the DL-1 and/or the DL-2.
MeNB通过 DL-1发送 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的过程包括: MeNB的 RRC实体单元生成 The process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the DL-1 includes: RRC entity unit generation of the MeNB
RRC消息处理数据包, 并将其提交给 MeNB上的 PDCP实体单元, PDCP实体单元处理完成 后, 依次经过 MeNB上的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元, 该 RRC消息处理 数据包被封装为 RRC消息发送到 UE。 The RRC message processes the data packet and submits it to the PDCP entity unit on the MeNB. After the processing of the PDCP entity unit is completed, the RCP entity unit, the MAC entity unit and the PHY entity unit on the MeNB are sequentially passed, and the RRC message processing data packet is encapsulated. Send an RRC message to the UE.
MeNB通过 DL-2发送 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的过程包括: MeNB的 RRC实体单元生成 RRC消息处理数据包, 并将其发送给 SeNB上的 PDCP实体单元, SeNB的上 PDCP实体单元 处理完成后, 依次经过 SeNB上的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元, 该 RRC 消息处理数据包被封装为 RRC消息发送到 UE。 The process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the DL-2 includes: the RRC entity unit of the MeNB generates an RRC message processing data packet, and sends the RRC message processing data packet to the PDCP entity unit on the SeNB, and after processing the upper PDCP entity unit of the SeNB, The RRC message processing data packet is encapsulated into an RRC message and sent to the UE via the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit on the SeNB.
由于 UE侧对于 MeNB发送 MeNB自己生成的 RRC消息和转发 SeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包, 使用了不同的承载通道, SeNB发送 SeNB自己生成的 RRC消息和转 发 MeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包, 使用了不同的承载通道, 因此对于 UE而 言, 根据接收 RRC消息的一组实体单元或者说根据发送 RRC消息的承载通道, 即可确定出 生成该 RRC消息的基站。 因此, UE在发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息时, 可通过该发送 RRC 消息的承载通道的上行通道发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息给生成该 RRC消息的基站。 Since the UE side sends the RRC message generated by the MeNB and the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the SeNB to the MeNB, different bearer channels are used, and the SeNB sends the RRC message generated by the SeNB itself and the RRC message or RRC generated by the MeNB. The message processing data packet uses different bearer channels. Therefore, for the UE, the base station that generates the RRC message can be determined according to a group of entity units that receive the RRC message or according to the bearer channel that sends the RRC message. Therefore, when transmitting the feedback information of the RRC message, the UE may send the feedback information of the RRC message to the base station that generates the RRC message by using the uplink channel of the bearer channel that sends the RRC message.
具体的,如图 6B所示, UE从 DL-1收到 RRC消息后,将该 RRC消息的反馈信息通过 DL-1 对应的上行通道 UL-1发送给 MeNB。 UE从 DL-2收到 RRC消息后,将该 RRC消息的反馈信息 通过 DL-2对应的上行通道 UL-2经 SeNB发送给 MeNB。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6B, after receiving the RRC message from the DL-1, the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the MeNB through the uplink channel UL-1 corresponding to the DL-1. After receiving the RRC message from the DL-2, the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the MeNB through the SeNB through the uplink channel UL-2 corresponding to the DL-2.
需要说明的是, 基站生成 RRC消息的过程也可参照实例一的方式进行, 即, MeNB的 RRC实体单元生成的 RRC消息处理数据包中的 IE与 SeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理 数据包中的 IE可区分, 或者该 RRC消息处理数据包中携带用于标识生成该 RRC消息的基站 和 /或基站小区的信息。 相应的, UE也可以采用实例一的方式, 确定出生成该 RRC消息的 基站。 UE接收到 RRC消息后, 也可按照实例一描述的方式发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息, 在 此不再详述。 It should be noted that the process of generating an RRC message by the base station may also be performed by referring to the method in the first example, that is, the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the IE and the SeNB in the RRC message processing data packet generated by the RRC entity unit of the MeNB. The IE in the data packet may be distinguished, or the RRC message processing data packet carries information for identifying a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message. Correspondingly, the UE may also determine the base station that generates the RRC message by using the method in the first instance. After receiving the RRC message, the UE may also send the feedback information of the RRC message in the manner described in the first example, and details are not described herein.
实施例三 Embodiment 3
本实施例描述了采用上述传输架构 3的情况下, 方案一和方案二的具体实现过程。 参见图 7, MeNB可通过 DL-1和 /或 DL-2将 MeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据 包发送给 UE。 This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the first scheme and the second scheme in the case of adopting the above transmission architecture 3. Referring to FIG. 7, the MeNB may send an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB to the UE through the DL-1 and/or the DL-2.
MeNB通过 DL- 1发送 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的过程包括: MeNB的 RRC实体单元生成 RRC消息处理数据包, 并将其提交给 MeNB上的 PDCP实体单元, PDCP实体单元处理完成 后, 依次经过 MeNB上的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元, 该 RRC消息处理 数据包被封装为 RRC消息发送到 UE。 The process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB by using the eNB includes: the RRC entity unit of the MeNB generates an RRC message processing data packet, and submits the RRC message processing data packet to the PDCP entity unit on the MeNB. After the processing of the PDCP entity unit is completed, the MeNB sequentially passes through the MeNB. The RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit and the PHY entity unit, the RRC message processing data packet is encapsulated as an RRC message and sent to the UE.
MeNB通过 DL-2发送 MeNB生成的 RRC消息的过程包括: MeNB的 RRC实体单元生成 RRC消息处理数据包,并将其发送给 MeNB上的 PDCP实体单元, MeNB的上 PDCP实体单元 将其发生给 SeNB上的 RLC实体单元, SeNB上的 RLC实体单元处理完成后, 依次经过 SeNB 上的 MAC实体单元和 PHY实体单元, 该 RRC消息处理数据包被封装为 RRC消息发送到 UE。 The process of the MeNB transmitting the RRC message generated by the MeNB through the DL-2 includes: the RRC entity unit of the MeNB generates an RRC message processing data packet, and sends the RRC message processing data packet to the PDCP entity unit on the MeNB, and the upper PDCP entity unit of the MeNB generates the RRC message to the SeNB. After the RLC entity unit is processed, the RLC entity unit on the SeNB is processed, and then passes through the MAC entity unit and the PHY entity unit on the SeNB, and the RRC message processing data packet is encapsulated into an RRC message and sent to the UE.
UE发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息的原则是: UE从哪个 PDCP实体单元获得 RRC消息, 就 会将 RRC消息的反馈消息发送到对应的 PDCP实体单元。 The principle that the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message is: Which PDCP entity unit obtains the RRC message from the UE, and the feedback message of the RRC message is sent to the corresponding PDCP entity unit.
如图 7所示, 基于该原则, UE发送 RRC消息的过程可以包括: UE接收到 RRC消息后, 由于该 RRC消息来自于 MeNB的 PDCP实体单元, 则 UE将该 RRC消息的反馈信息通过 UL-1 或 UL-2发送到 MeNB的 PDCP实体单元。 As shown in FIG. 7 , the process of sending an RRC message by the UE may include: after receiving the RRC message, the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the UL through the PD-based entity unit of the MeNB. 1 or UL-2 is sent to the PDCP entity unit of the MeNB.
在具体实现时, 基站在向 UE配置 SRB承载或者发送 RRC消息的通道时, 可通知 UE该 承载或者该通道发送的 RRC消息的来源基站(即生成 RRC消息的基站)。 这样, UE可采用 以下方式确定出 RRC消息的来源: In a specific implementation, when the base station configures the SRB bearer or sends the RRC message to the UE, the base station may notify the UE of the bearer or the source base station of the RRC message sent by the channel (that is, the base station that generates the RRC message). In this way, the UE can determine the source of the RRC message in the following manner:
方式 1 : UE接收到 RRC消息后, UE的 PDCP实体单元在向 RRC实体提交 SDU时, 携带 指示信息, 该指示信息指示出生成该 RRC消息的基站; Mode 1: After the UE receives the RRC message, the PDCP entity unit of the UE carries the indication information when the SDU is submitted to the RRC entity, and the indication information indicates the base station that generates the RRC message;
方式 2: UE接收到 RRC消息后, UE的 PDCP实体在向 RRC实体提交 SDU时, 携带 PDCP 实体单元的标识信息, 或者携带 PDCP实体单元到 RRC实体单元的信道 ID。 这样, UE可分 别出接收到的 RRC消息的 PDCP层的 SDU的来源 (即生成该 RRC消息的基站) 。 Manner 2: After the UE receives the RRC message, the PDCP entity of the UE carries the identifier information of the PDCP entity unit or the channel ID of the PDCP entity unit to the RRC entity unit when submitting the SDU to the RRC entity. In this way, the UE can distinguish the source of the SDU of the PDCP layer of the received RRC message (i.e., the base station that generated the RRC message).
需要说明的是, 基站生成 RRC消息的过程也可参照实例一的方式进行, 即, MeNB的 It should be noted that the process of generating an RRC message by the base station may also be performed by referring to the method in the first instance, that is, the MeNB.
RRC实体单元生成的 RRC消息处理数据包中的 IE与 SeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理 数据包中的 IE可区分, 或者该 RRC消息处理数据包中携带用于标识生成该 RRC消息的基站 和 /或基站小区的信息。 相应的, UE也可以采用实例一的方式, 确定出生成该 RRC消息的 基站。 UE接收到 RRC消息后, 也可按照实例一描述的方式发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息, 在 此不再详述。 The IE in the RRC message processing data packet generated by the RRC entity unit is distinguishable from the IE message generated by the SeNB or the IE in the RRC message processing data packet, or the RRC message processing data packet carries a base station for identifying the RRC message and / or information of the base station cell. Correspondingly, the UE may also use the method in the first instance to determine that the RRC message is generated. Base station. After receiving the RRC message, the UE may also send the feedback information of the RRC message in the manner described in the first example, and details are not described herein.
进一步的, 如果一个基站能够识别出该基站误收了其他基站的 RRC消息的反馈信息 时, 可以将该情况通知给 UE, 进一步的, 还可将误收的 RRC消息发送给另一个基站。 Further, if a base station can recognize that the base station has received feedback information of the RRC message of the other base station, the base station may notify the UE of the situation. Further, the RRC message that is received in error may be sent to another base station.
实施例四 Embodiment 4
本实施例描述了采用上述传输架构 4和传输架构 5的情况下, 方案一和方案二的具体实 现过程。 This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the first and second embodiments in the case of employing the above-described transmission architecture 4 and transmission architecture 5.
参见图 8或图 9, MeNB可通过 DL-1和 /或 DL-2将 MeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理 数据包发送给 UE。 由于在该传输架构下, 只存在一个基站生成 RRC消息, 因此不存在 UE 需要区分 RRC消息是由哪个基站生成的问题, 进而基站在生成 RRC消息时可以不用在 RRC 消息中携带用于标识生成 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息, MeNB与 SeNB也不用通过 不同的 IE的方式对 RRC消息进行区分。 Referring to FIG. 8 or FIG. 9, the MeNB may send an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the MeNB to the UE through the DL-1 and/or the DL-2. In the case of the RRC message, the RRC message is generated by the eNB. The information of the base station and/or the base station cell of the message, the MeNB and the SeNB do not distinguish the RRC message by using different IEs.
UE发送该 RRC消息的反馈信息时, 该 RRC消息的反馈信息可通过 UL- 1发送到 MeNB , 也可通过 UL-2经 SeNB发送到 MeNB。 When the UE sends the feedback information of the RRC message, the feedback information of the RRC message may be sent to the MeNB through the UL-1, or may be sent to the MeNB through the UL-2 through the SeNB.
在一种优选方案中, 对于移动性流程, 为了保证快速的切换, MeNB可以将 RRC消息 利用 SeNB的 MAC CE快速发送给 UE。 比如, 当 MeNB决定发起将 UE切换到 SeNB的时候, 可以向 SeNB发送 RRC消息 (切换命令) , 并指示 SeNB利用 MAC CE将该 RRC消息 (切换 命令)发送给 UE。 In a preferred solution, for the mobility procedure, in order to ensure fast handover, the MeNB may quickly send the RRC message to the UE by using the MAC CE of the SeNB. For example, when the MeNB decides to initiate the handover of the UE to the SeNB, it may send an RRC message (handover command) to the SeNB, and instruct the SeNB to use the MAC CE to send the RRC message (handover command) to the UE.
实施例五 Embodiment 5
本实施例描述了方案三的一种具体实现过程。 该过程以 MeNB发起建立跨基站转发 This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the third solution. The process initiates cross-base station forwarding with the MeNB.
RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的信令无线承载为例描述。 The signaling radio bearer of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet is described as an example.
本实施例中的 SRB1为 SRB标识的一个例子。本发明实施例中的信令无线承载通道的建 立, 修改, 释放, 不限于 SRB1的信令承载通道, 可以为其他 SRB标识的信令承载通道。 SRB1 in this embodiment is an example of the SRB identifier. The establishment, modification, and release of the signaling radio bearer channel in the embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the signaling bearer channel of the SRB1, and may be the signaling bearer channel of other SRB identifiers.
参见图 16, 为本发明实施例提供的承载通道配置过程的信令流程图, 如图所示, 该流 程可包括: FIG. 16 is a signaling flowchart of a bearer channel configuration process according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the process may include:
步骤 161 : MeNB向 SeNB发送 RRC消息传输配置请求消息, 用于请求建立 SRB1的信令 无线承载通道, 即请求 SeNB为转发 MeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理包建立承载通 道。 该 RRC消息传输配置请求消息中携带 SRB1建立请求, 用于请求配置 SeNB上的 RLC实 体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元。 Step 161: The MeNB sends an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the SeNB to request to establish a signaling radio bearer channel of the SRB1, that is, request the SeNB to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing packet generated by the MeNB. The RRC message transmission configuration request message carries an SRB1 setup request for requesting configuration of an RLC physical unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the SeNB.
步骤 162: SeNB根据该 RRC消息传输配置请求消息, 在 SeNB上配置 SRB1的 RLC实体 单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元, 并在配置完成后向 MeNB返回确认消息。 该确认消 息中包含 SeNB为 SRB1配置的以下一种或多种实体单元的信息: RLC实体单元、 MAC实体 单元、 PHY实体单元。 步骤 163: MeNB收到确认消息后, MeNB为 SRB1配置 MeNB上的 PDCP实体单元, 并 向 UE发送 SRB1的配置信息。 该 SRB1的配置信息中可包括: MeNB上 SRB1的 PDCP实体单 元信息, 以及 SeNB上 SRB1的 RLC实体单元信息、 MAC实体单元信息、 PHY实体单元信息 中的一种或组合。 Step 162: The SeNB configures an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit of the SRB1 according to the RRC message transmission configuration request message, and returns an acknowledgement message to the MeNB after the configuration is completed. The acknowledgment message includes information of one or more of the following physical units configured by the SeNB for SRB1: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit. Step 163: After receiving the acknowledgement message, the MeNB configures the PDCP entity unit on the MeNB for the SRB1, and sends the configuration information of the SRB1 to the UE. The configuration information of the SRB1 may include: PDCP entity unit information of the SRB1 on the MeNB, and one or a combination of RLC entity unit information, MAC entity unit information, and PHY entity unit information of the SRB1 on the SeNB.
步骤 164: UE根据接收到的 SRB1的配置信息进行承载建立, 即在 UE上配置 SRB1的 Step 164: The UE performs bearer establishment according to the received configuration information of the SRB1, that is, configures the SRB1 on the UE.
PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元, 并向 MeNB返回承载配置 完成信息。 The PDCP entity unit, the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, and the PHY entity unit, and return bearer configuration completion information to the MeNB.
步骤 165: MeNB向 SeNB发送承载配置完成信息, 以通知 SeNB建立完成 SRB1的信令无 线承载通道。 Step 165: The MeNB sends bearer configuration completion information to the SeNB to notify the SeNB to establish a signaling radio bearer channel for completing SRB1.
SRB1的整个信令无线承载通道, 可包括 MeNB上的 PDCP实体单元, SeNB上的 RLC实 体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元, 以及 UE上的 PHY实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 RLC 实体单元、 PDCP实体单元。 通过该无线信令承载通道, MeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息 数据包, 可经过 SeNB传输到 UE。 The entire signaling radio bearer channel of the SRB1 may include a PDCP entity unit on the MeNB, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, a PHY entity unit on the SeNB, and a PHY entity unit, a MAC entity unit, an RLC entity unit, and a PDCP on the UE. Entity unit. Through the wireless signaling bearer channel, the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the MeNB may be transmitted to the UE through the SeNB.
实施例六 Embodiment 6
本实施例描述了方案三的一种具体实现过程。 该过程以 MeNB发起对跨基站转发 RRC 消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的信令无线承载通道的修改为例描述。 This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the third solution. The process is described by taking an example in which the MeNB initiates a modification of a signaling radio bearer channel for forwarding an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet across a base station.
本实施例中的 SRB1为 SRB标识的一个例子。本发明实施例中的信令无线承载通道的建 立, 修改, 释放, 不限于 SRB1的信令承载通道, 可以为其他 SRB标识的信令承载通道。 SRB1 in this embodiment is an example of the SRB identifier. The establishment, modification, and release of the signaling radio bearer channel in the embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the signaling bearer channel of the SRB1, and may be the signaling bearer channel of other SRB identifiers.
参见图 17, 为本发明提供的承载通道修改过程的信令流程图, 以图 16中建立的承载通 道为例, 如图所示, 该流程可包括: Referring to FIG. 17, which is a signaling flowchart of a bearer channel modification process provided by the present invention, the bearer channel established in FIG. 16 is taken as an example. As shown in the figure, the process may include:
步骤 171: MeNB向 SeNB发送 RRC消息传输配置修改消息, 以请求 SeNB修改 SRB1的信 令无线承载通道, 即请求修改 SeNB为转发 MeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包建 立的承载通道。 该请求消息中携带期望修改的 SRB 1的无线信令承载通道在 SeNB上的配置 信息, 可包括 SeNB上的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 PHY实体单元之一或组合。 Step 171: The MeNB sends an RRC message transmission configuration modification message to the SeNB to request the SeNB to modify the signal radio bearer channel of the SRB1, that is, request to modify the bearer channel established by the SeNB to forward the RRC message generated by the MeNB or the RRC message processing data packet. The request information carries the configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB 1 that is expected to be modified on the SeNB, and may include one or a combination of an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a PHY entity unit on the SeNB.
步骤 172: SeNB根据该 RRC消息传输配置修改消息, 修改 SRB1的无线信令承载通道在 Step 172: The SeNB transmits a configuration modification message according to the RRC message, and the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB1 is modified.
SeNB上的配置信息, 比如可以是 SeNB上 SRB1的 RLC实体单元信息、 MAC实体单元信息、 PHY实体单元信息中的一种或组合, 并向 MeNB返回确认消息。 进一步的, 该确认消息中 可携带 SeNB修改后的 SRB1的无线信令承载通道在 SeNB上的配置信息。 The configuration information on the SeNB, for example, may be one or a combination of RLC entity unit information, MAC entity unit information, and PHY entity unit information of the SRB1 on the SeNB, and return an acknowledgement message to the MeNB. Further, the acknowledgment message may carry configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the modified SRB1 of the SeNB on the SeNB.
步骤 173: MeNB收到确认消息后向 UE发送通知消息, 以通知 SRB1的无线信令承载通 道已经修改。 进一步的, 该通知消息中可以携带 SRB1的信令无线承载配置信息, 该 SRB1 的配置信息中可包括: MeNB上 SRB1的 PDCP实体单元信息, 以及 SeNB上 SRB1的 RLC实体 单元信息、 MAC实体单元信息、 PHY实体单元信息中的一种或组合。 Step 173: After receiving the acknowledgement message, the MeNB sends a notification message to the UE to notify the SRB1 that the radio signaling bearer channel has been modified. Further, the notification message may carry the signaling radio bearer configuration information of the SRB1, where the configuration information of the SRB1 may include: the PDCP entity unit information of the SRB1 on the MeNB, and the RLC entity unit information and the MAC entity unit information of the SRB1 on the SeNB. One or a combination of PHY entity unit information.
步骤 174: UE向 MeNB返回承载配置完成信息。 步骤 175: MeNB向 SeNB发送承载配置完成信息, 以通知 SeNB建立完成 SRB1的信令无 线承载通道。 Step 174: The UE returns bearer configuration completion information to the MeNB. Step 175: The MeNB sends bearer configuration completion information to the SeNB to notify the SeNB to establish a signaling radio bearer channel that completes the SRB1.
实施例七 Example 7
本实施例描述了方案三的一种具体实现过程。 该过程以 MeNB发起释放跨基站转发 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的信令无线承载通道为例描述。 This embodiment describes a specific implementation process of the third solution. The process is described by taking the MeNB as a signaling radio bearer channel for releasing the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet.
本实施例中的 SRB1为 SRB标识的一个例子。本发明实施例中的信令无线承载通道的建 立, 修改, 释放, 不限于 SRB1的信令承载通道, 可以为其他 SRB标识的信令承载通道。 SRB1 in this embodiment is an example of the SRB identifier. The establishment, modification, and release of the signaling radio bearer channel in the embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the signaling bearer channel of the SRB1, and may be the signaling bearer channel of other SRB identifiers.
参见图 18, 为本发明实施例提供的承载通道释放过程的信令流程图, 以图 16中建立的 承载通道为例, 如图所示, 该流程可包括: FIG. 18 is a signaling flowchart of a bearer channel release process according to an embodiment of the present invention. The bearer channel established in FIG. 16 is taken as an example. As shown in the figure, the process may include:
步骤 181 : MeNB向 SeNB发送 RRC消息传输配置释放消息, 以请求 SeNB释放 SRB1的信 令无线承载通道, 即请求释放 SeNB为转发 MeNB生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包建 立的承载通道。 该请求消息中携带期望释放的 SRB 1的无线信令承载通道在 SeNB上的配置 信息, 可包括 SeNB上的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元之一或组合。 Step 181: The MeNB sends an RRC message transmission configuration release message to the SeNB to request the SeNB to release the SRB1 signaling radio bearer channel, that is, request to release the bearer channel established by the SeNB to forward the RRC message generated by the MeNB or the RRC message processing data packet. The request message carries the configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB 1 that is to be released on the SeNB, and may include one or a combination of an RLC entity unit and a MAC entity unit on the SeNB.
步骤 182: SeNB根据该 RRC消息传输配置释放消息, 释放 SRB1的无线信令承载通道在 SeNB上的配置信息, 可包括 SeNB上 SRB1的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元, 并向 MeNB返 回确认消息。 Step 182: The SeNB transmits the configuration release message according to the RRC message, and releases the configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB1 on the SeNB, which may include the RLC entity unit and the MAC entity unit of the SRB1 on the SeNB, and returns an acknowledgement message to the MeNB.
步骤 183: MeNB收到确认消息后, 释放 SRB1的无线信令承载通道在 SeNB上的配置信 息, 即释放 MeNB上 SRB1的 PDCP实体单元。 MeNB向 UE发送通知消息, 以通知 SRB1的无 线信令承载通道已经释放。 Step 183: After receiving the acknowledgement message, the MeNB releases the configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB1 on the SeNB, that is, releases the PDCP physical unit of the SRB1 on the MeNB. The MeNB sends a notification message to the UE to notify that the radio signaling bearer channel of SRB1 has been released.
步骤 184: UE收到通知后, 释放 SRB1的无线信令承载通道在 UE上的配置信息, 包括 Step 184: After receiving the notification, the UE releases the configuration information of the radio signaling bearer channel of the SRB1 on the UE, including
PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元和 MAC实体单元。 PDCP entity unit, RLC entity unit and MAC entity unit.
步骤 185: MeNB向 SeNB发送承载配置完成信息, 以通知 SeNB释放完成 SRB1的信令无 线承载通道。 Step 185: The MeNB sends bearer configuration completion information to the SeNB to notify the SeNB to release the signaling radio bearer channel that completes SRB1.
基于相同的技术构思, 本发明实施例还提供了一种可应用于方案一的基站。 Based on the same technical concept, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station applicable to the first solution.
参见图 19A, 为可应用于方案一的基站的结构示意图, 该基站可以是 MeNB或 SeNB。 如图所示, 该基站可包括: 收发器和 1910处理器 1911 , 其中各组成部分可执行方案一中的 相应处理过程。 如图所示: Referring to FIG. 19A, which is a schematic structural diagram of a base station applicable to the first scheme, the base station may be an MeNB or an SeNB. As shown, the base station can include: a transceiver and a 1910 processor 1911, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the first scheme. as the picture shows:
处理器 1911 , 用于生成 RRC消息; The processor 1911 is configured to generate an RRC message.
收发器 1910, 用于将所述处理器生成的所述 RRC消息发送给终端; 和 /或, 将所述 RRC 消息或所述 RRC消息处理数据包通过第二基站发送给终端, 所述第二基站的数量为一个或 多个。 The transceiver 1910 is configured to send the RRC message generated by the processor to the terminal, and/or send the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet to the terminal by using the second base station, where the second The number of base stations is one or more.
处理器 1911可生成第一基站生成接收随机接入响应消息; 收发器 1910可将处理器 1911 生成的随机接入响应消息发送给终端, 和 /或 , 将所述随机接入响应消息或所述随机接入响 应消息处理数据包通过第二基站发送给终端, 所述第二基站的数量为一个或多个。 The processor 1911 may generate a first base station to generate a receive random access response message; the transceiver 1910 may send a random access response message generated by the processor 1911 to the terminal, and/or the random access response message or the Random access ring The message processing data packet is sent to the terminal through the second base station, and the number of the second base station is one or more.
所述随机接入响应消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示发送所述随机接入响 应消息的反馈信息的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示信息用于指示接收所述随机接入响应消息 的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站小区信息。 The random access response message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the random access response is received. Base station and/or base station cell information of feedback information of the message.
所述 RRC消息中携带用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息。 The RRC message carries information for identifying a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息为, 基站和 /或基站小区 的标识; 或者, 所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息为 RRC消息的 传输标识; 其中, 基站或基站小区, 与传输标识存在映射关系。 The information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the identifier is used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message. The information is a transmission identifier of the RRC message; where, the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
所述 RRC消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示发送所述 RRC消息的反馈信息 的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示信息用于指示接收所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站 小区信息。 The RRC message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate the base station that receives the feedback information of the RRC message and/or Base station cell information.
收发器 1910可通过发送所述处理器生成的 RRC消息的第一承载通道的下行通道, 将所 述 RRC消息发送给终端; 和 /或, 将处理器 1911生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包发送 给第二基站, 由第二基站通过转发所述处理器生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的第 二承载通道, 将接收到的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包转发给终端。 The transceiver 1910 may send the RRC message to the terminal by sending a downlink channel of the first bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the processor; and/or process the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the processor 1911. Sending to the second base station, the second base station forwards the received RRC message or RRC message processing data packet to the terminal by forwarding the RRC message generated by the processor or the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
收发器 1910发送处理器 1911生成的 RRC消息的第一承载通道, 包括: PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和物理层单元。 The transceiver 1910 sends a first bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the processor 1911, and includes: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer unit.
收发器 1910还可接收第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包, 并转发第二基 站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包。 The transceiver 1910 may further receive an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station, and forward the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station.
收发器 1910可通过转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的第二承载 通道的下行通道, 转发接收到的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包。 The transceiver 1910 may forward the received RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet by forwarding the RRC message generated by the second base station or the downlink channel of the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
收发器 1910可转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的第二承载通道, 包括: 包括: PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和物理层单元; 或者包括: RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和物理层单元。 The transceiver 1910 may forward the RRC message generated by the second base station or the second bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, including: a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer unit; or include: an RLC entity unit , MAC entity unit and physical layer unit.
收发器 1910还可接收终端发送的 RRC消息的反馈信息, 所述 RRC消息的反馈信息中携 带指示信息和 /或传输标识。 所述指示信息用于指示以下内容之一: The transceiver 1910 may further receive feedback information of the RRC message sent by the terminal, where the feedback information of the RRC message carries the indication information and/or the transmission identifier. The indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
指示所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区转发 RRC消息的反馈信息; 指示所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区解析 RRC消息的反馈信息至 RRC层; The receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message forwards the feedback information of the RRC message; the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message parsing the feedback information of the RRC message to the RRC layer;
指示出所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区将所述 RRC消息的反馈信 息转发到的目标基站和 /或目标基站的小区信息; a cell information of a target base station and/or a target base station to which the receiving base station and/or the base station cell that indicates the feedback information of the RRC message forwards the feedback information of the RRC message;
指示出生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区。 A base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message is indicated.
所述 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带的传输标识, 与所述 RRC消息中携带的传输标识相 同。 The transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message is compared with the transmission identifier carried in the RRC message. Same.
收发器 1910还可接收终端发送的 RRC消息的反馈信息之后 , 通过转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的上行通道, 发送所接收到的 RRC消息的反馈信息。 The transceiver 1910 can also receive the feedback information of the RRC message sent by the terminal, and then send the feedback information of the received RRC message by forwarding the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station.
收发器 1910还可向终端发送承载通道的配置信息, 所述配置信息中携带指示信息, 所 述指示信息用以表明所述承载通道发送的 RRC消息的生成基站或基站小区, 或者用于表明 所述承载通道发送的 RRC消息的生成基站或基站小区和 RRC消息的类型, 或者用于表明所 述承载通道发送的 RRC消息的类型。 所述指示信息包括以下之一: 对应承载通道的 SRB标 识信息; 承载通道的标识信息; 基站或基站小区的标识信息; 逻辑信道标识信息。 The transceiver 1910 may further send configuration information of the bearer channel to the terminal, where the configuration information carries indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a generated base station or a base station cell of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or used to indicate The type of the base station or the base station cell and the RRC message of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or the type of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel. The indication information includes one of the following: SRB identification information corresponding to the bearer channel; identification information of the bearer channel; identification information of the base station or the base station cell; and logical channel identification information.
参见图 19B, 可应用于方案一的基站的结构示意图, 该基站可以是 MeNB或 SeNB。 如 图所示, 该基站可包括: 收发器 1920和处理器 1921 , 其中各组成部分可执行方案一中的相 应处理过程。 如图所示: Referring to FIG. 19B, a schematic structural diagram of a base station applicable to the first scheme, where the base station may be an MeNB or an SeNB. As shown, the base station can include: a transceiver 1920 and a processor 1921, wherein each component can perform the corresponding processing in the first scheme. as the picture shows:
收发器 1920, 用于接收第一基站发送的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包, 所述 RRC消 息或 RRC消息处理数据包是第一基站生成的; 以及, 通过用于转发第一基站生成的 RRC消 息的承载通道, 将所述 RRC消息发送给终端。 The transceiver 1920 is configured to receive an RRC message or an RRC message processing data packet sent by the first base station, where the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet is generated by the first base station; and, by using the RRC generated by the first base station The bearer channel of the message sends the RRC message to the terminal.
收发器 1920可接收第一基站发送的随机接入响应消息或随机接入响应消息处理数据 包, 所述随机接入响应消息或随机接入响应消息处理数据包是第一基站生成的; 以及, 通 过第二基站用于转发第一基站生成的随机接入响应消息的承载通道, 将所述随机接入响应 消息发送给终端。 所述随机接入响应消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示发送所 述随机接入响应消息的反馈信息的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示信息用于指示接收所述随机 接入响应消息的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站小区信息。 The transceiver 1920 may receive a random access response message or a random access response message processing data packet sent by the first base station, where the random access response message or the random access response message processing data packet is generated by the first base station; And sending, by the second base station, a bearer channel of the random access response message generated by the first base station, to send the random access response message to the terminal. The random access response message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the random access response is received. Base station and/or base station cell information of feedback information of the message.
所述 RRC消息中携带用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息。所述用 于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息为, 基站和 /或基站小区的标识; 或 者, 所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息为 RRC消息的传输标识; 其中, 基站或基站小区, 与传输标识存在映射关系。 The RRC message carries information for identifying a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message. The information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the identifier is used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message. The information is a transmission identifier of the RRC message; where, the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
所述 RRC消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示发送所述 RRC消息的反馈信息 的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示信息用于指示接收所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站 小区信息。 The RRC message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate the base station that receives the feedback information of the RRC message and/or Base station cell information.
收发器 1920还可接收终端发送的 RRC消息的反馈信息, 所述 RRC消息的反馈信息中携 带指示信息和 /或传输标识。 所述指示信息用于指示以下内容之一: The transceiver 1920 can also receive feedback information of the RRC message sent by the terminal, and the feedback information of the RRC message carries the indication information and/or the transmission identifier. The indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
指示所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区转发 RRC消息的反馈信息; 指示所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区解析 RRC消息的反馈信息至 RRC层; The receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message forwards the feedback information of the RRC message; the receiving base station and/or the base station cell indicating the feedback information of the RRC message parsing the feedback information of the RRC message to the RRC layer;
指示出所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的接收基站和 /或基站小区将所述 RRC消息的反馈信 息转发到的目标基站和 /或目标基站的小区信息; a feedback signal indicating that the receiving base station and/or the base station cell of the feedback information of the RRC message will use the RRC message Cell information of the target base station and/or the target base station to which the information is forwarded;
指示出生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区。 A base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message is indicated.
所述 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带的传输标识, 与所述 RRC消息中携带的传输标识相 同。 The transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message is the same as the transmission identifier carried in the RRC message.
收发器 1920转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道, 包括: The transceiver 1920 forwards the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, including:
PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和物理层单元; 或者包括: RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元和物理层单元。 a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer unit; or include: an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer unit.
收发器 1920还可向终端发送用于发送 RRC消息和 /或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道 的配置信息; 其中, 所述承载通道的配置信息包括: 发送所述配置信息的基站和 /或其他基 站上, 用于发送 RRC消息和 /或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 The transceiver 1920 may further send, to the terminal, configuration information of a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet, where the configuration information of the bearer channel includes: a base station that sends the configuration information, and/or other At the base station, configuration information of a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet.
所述承载通道的配置信息包括以下信息之一或组合: PDCP实体单元信息、 RLC实体单 元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻辑信道 ID、 逻辑 信道配置、 MAC实体单元信息、 物理层实体单元信息、 物理层的通道信息。 The configuration information of the bearer channel includes one or a combination of the following information: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel ID, logical channel configuration, MAC entity unit information, physical layer entity unit information, channel information of the physical layer.
收发器 1920向终端发送与所述承载通道的配置信息对应的指示信息, 所述指示信息用 以表明所述承载通道发送的 RRC消息的生成基站或基站小区, 或者用于表明所述承载通道 发送的 RRC消息的生成基站或基站小区和 RRC消息的类型, 或者用于表明所述承载通道发 送的 RRC消息的类型。 The transceiver 1920 sends the indication information corresponding to the configuration information of the bearer channel to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate the generated base station or the base station cell of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or is used to indicate that the bearer channel is sent. The RRC message is generated by the type of the base station or the base station cell and the RRC message, or is used to indicate the type of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel.
基于相同的技术构思, 本发明实施例还提供了一种可应用于方案二的终端。 Based on the same technical concept, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a terminal applicable to the second solution.
参见图 20, 为可应用于方案二的终端的结构示意图。 如图所示, 该终端可包括: 收发 器 2010和处理器 2011 , 其中各组成部分可执行方案二中的相应处理过程。 如图所示: Referring to FIG. 20, it is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal applicable to the second solution. As shown, the terminal can include: a transceiver 2010 and a processor 2011, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the second solution. as the picture shows:
收发器 2010, 用于接收 RRC消息; 以及, 将所述处理器生成的所述 RRC消息的反馈信 息, 发送给生成所述 RRC消息的基站, 和 /或, 发送给生成所述 RRC消息的基站以外的其他 基站。 The transceiver 2010 is configured to receive the RRC message, and send the feedback information of the RRC message generated by the processor to the base station that generates the RRC message, and/or to the base station that generates the RRC message. Other base stations than others.
处理器 2011 ,用于根据所述收发器接收到的 RRC消息,生成所述 RRC消息的反馈信息。 收发器 2010, 用于接收随机接入响应消息; 以及, 将所述处理器生成的所述随机接入 响应消息的反馈信息, 发送给生成所述随机接入响应消息的基站, 和 /或, 发送给生成所述 随机接入响应消息的基站以外的其他基站; The processor 2011 is configured to generate feedback information of the RRC message according to the RRC message received by the transceiver. The transceiver 2010 is configured to receive a random access response message, and send feedback information of the random access response message generated by the processor to a base station that generates the random access response message, and/or Sending to other base stations than the base station that generates the random access response message;
处理器 2011用于, 根据所述收发器接收到的随机接入响应消息, 生成所述随机接入响 应消息的反馈信息。 The processor 2011 is configured to generate, according to the random access response message received by the transceiver, feedback information of the random access response message.
所述处理器还用于, 在所述收发器接收 RRC消息之后, 确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站 和 /或基站小区。 The processor is further configured to: after the transceiver receives the RRC message, determine a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message.
所述处理器具体用于, 根据所述 RRC消息中携带的、 用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基 站和 /或基站小区的信息, 确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区; 和 /或, 根据 RRC 消息内容确定生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区, 其中, 不同基站和 /或基站小区生 成的 RRC消息具有不同的内容。 The processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the information about the base station and/or the base station cell that is used to identify the RRC message that is generated in the RRC message, the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message; / or, according to RRC The message content determines a base station and/or a base station cell that generates the RRC message, wherein the RRC messages generated by different base stations and/or base station cells have different contents.
所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息为, 基站和 /或基站小区 的标识; 或者, 所述用于标识生成所述 RRC消息的基站和 /或基站小区的信息为 RRC消息的 传输标识; 其中, 基站或基站小区, 与传输标识存在映射关系。 The information used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message is an identifier of the base station and/or the base station cell; or the identifier is used to identify the base station and/or the base station cell that generates the RRC message. The information is a transmission identifier of the RRC message; where, the base station or the base station cell has a mapping relationship with the transmission identifier.
所述 RRC消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示发送所述 RRC消息的反馈信息 的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示信息用于指示接收所述 RRC消息的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站 小区信息。 The RRC message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the RRC message, or the indication information is used to indicate the base station that receives the feedback information of the RRC message and/or Base station cell information.
所述随机接入响应消息消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息用于指示发送所述随机接 入响应消息的反馈信息的承载通道, 或者, 所述指示信息用于指示接收所述随机接入响应 消息的反馈信息的基站和 /或基站小区信息。 The random access response message message carries the indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a bearer channel that sends the feedback information of the random access response message, or the indication information is used to indicate that the random access is received. Base station and/or base station cell information in response to feedback information of the message.
所述 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带指示信息, 和 /或传输标识。 The feedback information of the RRC message carries indication information, and/or a transmission identifier.
所述指示信息用于指示以下内容如前所述, 在此不再赘述。 The indication information is used to indicate the following content as described above, and details are not described herein again.
所述 RRC消息的反馈信息中携带的传输标识, 与所述 RRC消息中携带的传输标识相 同。 The transmission identifier carried in the feedback information of the RRC message is the same as the transmission identifier carried in the RRC message.
生成所述 RRC消息的基站为第一基站, 生成所述 RRC消息的基站以外的其他基站为第 二基站, 所述第二基站的数量为一个或多个; 所述收发器具体用于, 通过第一基站发送第 一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的上行通道, 发送所述 RRC消息的反馈信息给第一基 站, 和 /或 , 通过第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道 的上行通道, 发送所述 RRC消息的反馈信息给第二基站。 The base station that generates the RRC message is the first base station, and the other base stations other than the base station that generates the RRC message are the second base station, and the number of the second base stations is one or more; the transceiver is specifically used to pass The first base station sends the uplink channel of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station, sends the feedback information of the RRC message to the first base station, and/or forwards the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the first base station by using the second base station. The uplink channel of the bearer channel of the data packet is processed, and the feedback information of the RRC message is sent to the second base station.
所述收发器还用于,接收基站发送的用于发送 RRC消息和 /或 RRC消息处理数据包的承 载通道的配置信息; 其中, 所述承载通道的配置信息包括: 发送所述配置信息的基站和 / 或其他基站上, 用于发送 RRC消息和 /或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 The transceiver is further configured to receive, by the base station, configuration information of a bearer channel for sending an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet, where the configuration information of the bearer channel includes: a base station that sends the configuration information And/or other base station, configuration information of a bearer channel for transmitting an RRC message and/or an RRC message processing data packet.
所述承载通道的配置信息包括以下信息之一或组合: PDCP实体单元信息、 RLC实体单 元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻辑信道 ID、 逻辑 信道配置、 MAC实体单元信息、 物理层实体单元信息、 物理层的通道信息。 The configuration information of the bearer channel includes one or a combination of the following information: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel ID, logical channel configuration, MAC entity unit information, physical layer entity unit information, channel information of the physical layer.
所述收发器还用于, 接收与所述承载通道的配置信息对应的指示信息, 所述指示信息 用以表明所述承载通道发送的 RRC消息的生成基站或基站小区, 或者用于表明所述承载通 道发送的 RRC消息的生成基站或基站小区和 RRC消息的类型, 或者用于表明所述承载通道 发送的 RRC消息的类型。 The transceiver is further configured to: receive indication information corresponding to the configuration information of the bearer channel, where the indication information is used to indicate a generated base station or a base station cell of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or used to indicate the The type of the base station or the base station cell and the RRC message of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel, or the type of the RRC message sent by the bearer channel.
所述指示信息包括以下之一: 对应承载通道的 SRB标识信息; 承载通道的标识信息; 基站或基站小区的标识信息; 逻辑信道标识信息。 The indication information includes one of the following: SRB identification information corresponding to the bearer channel; identification information of the bearer channel; identification information of the base station or the base station cell; and logical channel identification information.
所述收发器还用于, 通过以下方式将所述 RRC消息的反馈信息, 发送给生成所述 RRC 消息的基站, 和 /或, 发送给生成所述 RRC消息的基站以外的其他基站: 将所述 RRC消息的 反馈消息, 发送到生成该 RRC消息的基站用于发送 RRC消息的反馈信息的专用承载通道 上, 所述专用承载通道属于生成该 RRC消息的基站, 或者不属于生成该 RRC消息的基站, 或者部分属于生成该 RRC消息的基站。 The transceiver is further configured to: send the feedback information of the RRC message to generate the RRC by: a base station of the message, and/or sent to another base station other than the base station that generates the RRC message: sending the feedback message of the RRC message to a dedicated bearer used by the base station that generates the RRC message to send feedback information of the RRC message On the channel, the dedicated bearer channel belongs to the base station that generates the RRC message, or does not belong to the base station that generates the RRC message, or part of the base station that generates the RRC message.
基于相同的技术构思, 本发明实施例还提供了一种可应用于方案三的基站。 Based on the same technical concept, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station applicable to the third solution.
参见图 21A, 为可应用于方案三的基站的结构示意图, 该基站可以是 MeNB或 SeNB。 如图所示, 该基站可包括: 收发器 2110和处理器 2111 , 其中各组成部分可执行方案三中的 相应处理过程。 如图所示: Referring to FIG. 21A, which is a schematic structural diagram of a base station applicable to the third scheme, the base station may be an MeNB or an SeNB. As shown, the base station can include: a transceiver 2110 and a processor 2111, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the third scheme. as the picture shows:
处理器 2110, 用于生成 RRC消息传输配置请求消息, 所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息 用于请求第二基站为转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包建立承载通道, 所述第一基站为本基站; The processor 2110 is configured to generate an RRC message transmission configuration request message, where the RRC message transmission configuration request message is used to request the second base station to establish a bearer channel for forwarding the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, where a base station is the base station;
收发器 2111 , 用于将所述处理器生成的 RRC消息传输配置请求消息发送给第二基站。 所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息中携带以下信息之一或组合: The transceiver 2111 is configured to send, by the processor, an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the second base station. The RRC message transmission configuration request message carries one or a combination of the following information:
第一基站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道配置信息; Transmitting, by the first base station, bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station;
第一基站转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道配置信息; 第一基站期望第二基站建立第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理 数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 The first base station forwards the RRC message generated by the second base station or the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message processing data packet; the first base station expects the second base station to establish, by the second base station, the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer of the RRC message processing data packet. Channel configuration information.
所述期望第二基站建立第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道配置信息, 包括: 第一基站的 PDCP层配置信息, 和 /或第二基站的 RLC层配置信息、 MAC层配置信息、 物理层配置信息。 The requesting the second base station to establish, by the second base station, the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station, including: PDCP layer configuration information of the first base station, and/or RLC layer configuration information of the second base station, and MAC layer configuration Information, physical layer configuration information.
所述期望第二基站建立第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道配置信息, 包括: 第二基站的 PDCP层配置信息、 RLC层配置信息、 MAC层配置信息、 物理层配置信 息。 And the desired second base station establishes, by the second base station, the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station, including: PDCP layer configuration information, RLC layer configuration information, MAC layer configuration information, and physical layer configuration information of the second base station.
所述承载通道的配置信息包括: PDCP实体单元信息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC 之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、逻辑信道标识、逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC 实体单元信息、 物理层单元信息中的至少一种参数配置信息。 The configuration information of the bearer channel includes: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, At least one parameter configuration information in the physical layer unit information.
所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息指示用于请求第二基 站为转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包建立的承载通道在第二基站处 为: 第二基站的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 物理层实体单元的组合, 或者为第二基站 的 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 物理层实体单元的组合。 The RRC message transmission configuration request message carries the indication information, where the indication information indicates that the bearer channel used for requesting the second base station to forward the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station is: A combination of an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, a physical layer entity unit of the second base station, or a combination of a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer entity unit of the second base station.
收发器 2111还用于, 接收第二基站返回的与所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息对应的确 认消息。 The transceiver 2111 is further configured to receive, by the second base station, an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration request message.
收发器 2111接收到的所述确认消息中包括第二站的承载通道配置信息,和 /或第二基站 转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 收发器 2111还用于, 在接收第二基站返回的与所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息对应的 确认消息之后, 向终端发送用于传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息, 所述承载通道配置 信息包括以下之一或组合: The acknowledgement message received by the transceiver 2111 includes bearer channel configuration information of the second station, and/or the second base station Forwarding configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station. The transceiver 2111 is further configured to: after receiving the acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration request message returned by the second base station, send, to the terminal, configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message, the bearer channel configuration information Includes one or combination of the following:
第一基站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息; Transmitting, by the first base station, configuration information of a bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station;
第一基站转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信 息; The first base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the second base station;
第二基站发送第二基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息; The second base station sends configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station;
第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信 息。 The second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
处理器 2110还用于, 生成 RRC消息传输配置修改消息, 所述 RRC消息传输配置修改消 息, 用于请求第二基站修改第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包 的承载通道, 和 /或用于通知第二基站第一基站的承载通道的配置信息发生修改; 收发器 2111还用于, 向第二基站发送所述处理器生成的 RRC消息传输配置修改消息。 The processor 2110 is further configured to: generate an RRC message transmission configuration modification message, where the RRC message transmission configuration modification message is used to request the second base station to modify the second base station to forward the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer of the RRC message processing data packet. The channel, and/or the configuration information of the bearer channel for notifying the first base station of the second base station is modified; the transceiver 2111 is further configured to send, by the second base station, the RRC message transmission configuration modification message generated by the processor.
所述 RRC消息传输配置修改消息中携带第一基站期望第二基站修改的承载通道的配 置信息, 所述第一基站期望第二基站修改的承载通道的配置信息包括: PDCP实体单元信 息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻 辑信道标识、 逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC实体单元信息, 物理层单元信息中的至少一种的参 数配置信息。 The RRC message transmission configuration modification message carries the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify, and the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify includes: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity Parameter configuration information of at least one of unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information.
收发器 2111还用于, 向第二基站发送 RRC消息传输配置修改消息之后, 接收第二基站 返回的与所述 RRC消息传输配置修改消息对应的确认消息; 所述确认消息中包括: 第二基 站修改后的第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的 配置信息。 The transceiver 2111 is further configured to: after sending the RRC message transmission configuration modification message to the second base station, receive an acknowledgment message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration modification message that is returned by the second eNB; the acknowledgment message includes: The modified second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station.
收发器 2111还用于, 将第二基站修改后的第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信息发送给终端。 The transceiver 2111 is further configured to: send, by the second base station, the modified second base station, the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station to the terminal.
处理器 2110还用于, 生成 RRC消息传输配置释放消息, 所述 RRC消息传输配置释放消 息, 用于请求第二基站释放第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包 的承载通道, 和 /或, 用于通知第二基站第一基站释放了发送 RRC消息的承载通道; 收发器 2111还用于, 将所述处理器生成的 RRC消息传输配置释放消息发送给第二基站。 The processor 2110 is further configured to: generate an RRC message transmission configuration release message, where the RRC message transmission configuration release message is used to request the second base station to release the second base station to forward the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer of the RRC message processing data packet. The channel, and/or, is used to notify the second base station that the first base station releases the bearer channel that sends the RRC message; the transceiver 2111 is further configured to send the RRC message transmission configuration release message generated by the processor to the second base station.
处理器 2110还用于, 在所述收发器向第二基站发送 RRC消息传输配置释放消息之后, 向终端发送 RRC消息传输配置请求消息, 用于通知终端发送 RRC消息的承载通道的释放情 况。 The processor 2110 is further configured to: after the transceiver sends the RRC message transmission configuration release message to the second base station, send an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the terminal, to notify the terminal to send the release situation of the bearer channel of the RRC message.
参见图 21B, 可应用于方案三的基站的结构示意图, 该基站可以是 MeNB或 SeNB。 如 图所示, 该基站可包括: 收发器 2120和处理器 2121 , 其中各组成部分可执行方案三中的相 应处理过程。 如图所示: Referring to FIG. 21B, a schematic structural diagram of a base station applicable to the third scheme, where the base station may be an MeNB or an SeNB. Such as As shown, the base station can include: a transceiver 2120 and a processor 2121, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the third scheme. as the picture shows:
收发器 2120, 用于接收第一基站发送的 RRC消息传输通道的配置请求消息; 处理器 2121 , 用于根据所述收发器接收到的所述 RRC消息传输通道的配置请求消息, 建立第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道, 所述第二 基站为本基站。 The transceiver 2120 is configured to receive a configuration request message of an RRC message transmission channel sent by the first base station, where the processor 2121 is configured to establish a second base station according to the configuration request message of the RRC message transmission channel received by the transceiver. Forwarding the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station, where the second base station is the base station.
所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息中携带的信息同前所述。 The information carried in the RRC message transmission configuration request message is as described above.
所述期望第二基站建立第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道配置信息, 包括: 第一基站的 PDCP层配置信息, 和 /或第二基站的 RLC层配置信息、 MAC层配置信息、 物理层配置信息。 The requesting the second base station to establish, by the second base station, the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station, including: PDCP layer configuration information of the first base station, and/or RLC layer configuration information of the second base station, and MAC layer configuration Information, physical layer configuration information.
所述期望第二基站建立第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道配置信息, 包括: 第二基站的 PDCP层配置信息、 RLC层配置信息、 MAC层配置信息、 物理层配置信 息。 And the desired second base station establishes, by the second base station, the bearer channel configuration information of the RRC message generated by the first base station, including: PDCP layer configuration information, RLC layer configuration information, MAC layer configuration information, and physical layer configuration information of the second base station.
所述承载通道的配置信息包括: PDCP实体单元信息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC 之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、逻辑信道标识、逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC 实体单元信息、 物理层单元信息中的至少一种参数配置信息。 The configuration information of the bearer channel includes: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, At least one parameter configuration information in the physical layer unit information.
所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息中携带指示信息, 所述指示信息指示用于请求第二基 站为转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包建立的承载通道在第二基站处 为: 第二基站的 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 物理层实体单元的组合, 或者为第二基站 的 PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 物理层实体单元的组合。 The RRC message transmission configuration request message carries the indication information, where the indication information indicates that the bearer channel used for requesting the second base station to forward the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station is: A combination of an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, a physical layer entity unit of the second base station, or a combination of a PDCP entity unit, an RLC entity unit, a MAC entity unit, and a physical layer entity unit of the second base station.
处理器 2121还用于, 建立第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据 包的承载通道之后 , 生成与所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息对应的确认消息; 收发器 2120 还用于, 向第一基站发送所述处理器生成的确认消息。 The processor 2121 is further configured to: after the second base station forwards the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, generate an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration request message; the transceiver 2120 further uses The sending the acknowledgement message generated by the processor to the first base station.
所述确认消息中包括第二站的承载通道配置信息,和 /或第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信息; 所述承载通道的配置信息包括: PDCP实体单元信息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信 道配置信息、 逻辑信道标识、 逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC实体单元信息、 物理层单元信息中 的至少一种参数配置信息。 The acknowledgement message includes the bearer channel configuration information of the second station, and/or the second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station; the configuration information of the bearer channel includes : at least one of PDCP physical unit information, RLC physical unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, physical layer unit information Parameter configuration information.
处理器 2121还用于, 向第一基站发送与所述 RRC消息传输配置请求消息对应的确认消 息之后, 生成用于传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息, 所述承载通道配置信息包括以下 之一或组合: The processor 2121 is further configured to: after sending the acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration request message to the first base station, generate configuration information of the bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message, where the bearer channel configuration information includes one of the following Or combination:
第一基站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息; Transmitting, by the first base station, configuration information of a bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station;
第一基站转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信 息; The first base station forwards the RRC message generated by the second base station or the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet Interest rate
第二基站发送第二基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息; The second base station sends configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station;
第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信 息; The second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message processing data packet generated by the first base station;
所述收发器还用于, 向终端发送所述处理器生成的用于传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配 置信息。 The transceiver is further configured to send, to the terminal, configuration information of the bearer channel generated by the processor for transmitting the RRC message.
收发器 2120还用于, 接收第一基站发送的 RRC消息传输配置修改消息, 所述 RRC消息 传输配置修改消息, 用于请求第二基站修改第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC 消息处理数据包的承载通道,和 /或用于通知第二基站第一基站的承载通道的配置信息发生 修改; 处理器 2121还用于, 根据所述 RRC消息传输配置修改消息, 修改第二基站转发第一 基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道。 The transceiver 2120 is further configured to: receive an RRC message transmission configuration modification message sent by the first base station, where the RRC message transmission configuration modification message is used to request the second base station to modify the second base station to forward the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the first base station. The bearer channel of the data packet is processed, and/or the configuration information of the bearer channel for notifying the first base station of the second base station is modified; the processor 2121 is further configured to: modify, according to the RRC message transmission configuration modification message, modify the second base station to forward The RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
所述 RRC消息传输配置修改消息中携带第一基站期望第二基站修改的承载通道的配 置信息, 所述第一基站期望第二基站修改的承载通道的配置信息包括: PDCP实体单元信 息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻 辑信道标识、 逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC实体单元信息, 物理层单元信息中的至少一种的参 数配置信息。 The RRC message transmission configuration modification message carries the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify, and the configuration information of the bearer channel that the first base station expects the second base station to modify includes: PDCP entity unit information, RLC entity Parameter configuration information of at least one of unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information.
处理器 2121还用于, 在所述收发器接收第一基站发送 RRC消息传输配置修改消息之 后, 生成与所述 RRC消息传输配置修改消息对应的确认消息; 收发器 2120还用于, 向第一 基站返回所述处理器生成的确认消息。 The processor 2121 is further configured to: after the transceiver receives the RRC message transmission configuration modification message sent by the first base station, generate an acknowledgement message corresponding to the RRC message transmission configuration modification message; the transceiver 2120 is further configured to: The base station returns an acknowledgement message generated by the processor.
收发器 2120还用于, 将第二基站修改后的第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 The transceiver 2120 is further configured to: forward, by the second base station, the modified second base station, the RRC message generated by the first base station, or
RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道的配置信息发送给终端。 The configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet is sent to the terminal.
收发器 2120还用于, 接收第一基站发送 RRC消息传输配置释放消息, 所述 RRC消息传 输配置释放消息, 用于请求第二基站释放第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消 息处理数据包的承载通道, 和 /或, 用于通知第二基站第一基站释放了发送 RRC消息的承载 通道; 处理器 2121还用于, 根据所述 RRC消息传输配置释放消息, 释放第二基站转发第一 基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息处理数据包的承载通道。 The transceiver 2120 is further configured to: receive, by the first base station, an RRC message transmission configuration release message, where the RRC message transmission configuration release message is used to request the second base station to release the second base station to forward the RRC message or the RRC message generated by the first base station. The bearer channel of the data packet, and/or is used to notify the second base station that the first base station releases the bearer channel that sends the RRC message; the processor 2121 is further configured to: release the configuration release message according to the RRC message, and release the second base station to forward The RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet.
收发器 2120还用于, 在所述处理器放第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消 息处理数据包的承载通道之后 , 向终端发送 RRC消息传输配置请求消息, 用于通知终端发 送 RRC消息的承载通道的释放情况。 The transceiver 2120 is further configured to: after the second base station forwards the RRC message generated by the first base station or the bearer channel of the RRC message processing data packet, send an RRC message transmission configuration request message to the terminal, to notify the terminal to send Release of the bearer channel of the RRC message.
基于相同的技术构思, 本发明实施例还提供了一种可应用于方案三的终端, 该终端可 与图 21B和 21C描述的基站进行通信。 Based on the same technical concept, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a terminal applicable to the third scheme, and the terminal can communicate with the base station described in FIG. 21B and FIG. 21C.
参见图 21C, 该终端可包括: 收发器 2130, 进一步的, 还可包括处理器 2131 , 其中: 收发器 2130, 用于接收基站发送的承载通道的配置信息, 所述承载通道包括以下配置 信息之一或组合: Referring to FIG. 21C, the terminal may include: a transceiver 2130. Further, the terminal may further include a processor 2131, where: the transceiver 2130 is configured to receive configuration information of a bearer channel sent by the base station, where the bearer channel includes the following configuration. One or a combination of information:
第一基站发送第一基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息; Transmitting, by the first base station, configuration information of a bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the first base station;
第一基站转发第二基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息数据包的承载通道的配置信息; 第二基站发送第二基站生成的 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息; The first base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the second base station; the second base station sends the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message generated by the second base station;
第二基站转发第一基站生成的 RRC消息或 RRC消息数据包的承载通道的配置信息。 进一步的, 收发器 2130还可接收基站发送的辅助信息, 所述辅助信息包括基站分配给 所述终端的针对第二基站小区的 C-RNTI。 The second base station forwards the configuration information of the bearer channel of the RRC message or the RRC message data packet generated by the first base station. Further, the transceiver 2130 may further receive auxiliary information sent by the base station, where the auxiliary information includes a C-RNTI allocated by the base station to the terminal for the second base station cell.
进一步的, 收发器 2130还可在接收基站发送的承载通道的配置信息之后, 根据接收到 的承载通道的配置信息, 从对应的承载通道上接收和或发送数据; 或者, 利用随机接入过 程接入基站后, 根据预先配置的用于传输 RRC消息的承载通道的配置信息, 从对应的承载 通道上接收和或发送数据。 其中, 收发器 2130可接收基站发送的指示信息, 根据所述指示 信息, 利用接收到的承载通道的配置信息建立承载通道, 从对应的承载通道上接收或发送 数据。 所述指示信息可包括: 基站的 RRC层指示信息、 MAC层命令、 物理层命令中的一种 或多种的组合。 Further, the transceiver 2130 may further receive and send data from the corresponding bearer channel according to the received configuration information of the bearer channel after receiving the configuration information of the bearer channel sent by the base station; or, using a random access procedure After entering the base station, the data is received and sent from the corresponding bearer channel according to the configuration information of the pre-configured bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message. The transceiver 2130 can receive the indication information sent by the base station, and according to the indication information, use the received configuration information of the bearer channel to establish a bearer channel, and receive or send data from the corresponding bearer channel. The indication information may include: a combination of one or more of an RRC layer indication information, a MAC layer command, and a physical layer command of the base station.
可选的, 收发器 2130也可向基站发送指示信息, 触发收到所述指示信息的基站根据已 发送的承载通道的配置信息开始发送和或接收数据。 进一步的, 收发器 2130还可根据所述 指示信息, 利用接收到的承载通道的配置信息对应的承载通道, 从对应的承载通道上接收 和或发送数据。 Optionally, the transceiver 2130 may also send indication information to the base station, and trigger the base station that receives the indication information to start sending and receiving data according to the configured configuration information of the carried bearer channel. Further, the transceiver 2130 may further receive and transmit data from the corresponding bearer channel by using the bearer channel corresponding to the received configuration information of the bearer channel according to the indication information.
进一步的, 收发器 2130还可接收基站发送的修改后的用于传输 RRC消息或 RRC消息数 据包的承载通道的配置信息。 Further, the transceiver 2130 may further receive configuration information of the modified bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message or the RRC message data packet sent by the base station.
进一步的, 收发器 2130还可接收基站发送的 RRC消息承载通道的释放消息。 相应的, 处理器 2131可根据所述收发器接收到的所述释放消息释放对应的用于传输 RRC消息或 RRC消息数据包的承载通道。 Further, the transceiver 2130 can also receive a release message of the RRC message bearer channel sent by the base station. Correspondingly, the processor 2131 may release the corresponding bearer channel for transmitting the RRC message or the RRC message data packet according to the release message received by the transceiver.
进一步的, 所述承载通道的配置信息可包括: 信令承载标识信息、 PDCP实体单元信 息、 RLC实体单元信息、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道标识、 PDCP和 RLC之间信道配置信息、 逻 辑信道标识、 逻辑信道配置信息、 MAC实体单元信息、 物理层单元信息中的至少一种参数 配置信息。 Further, the configuration information of the bearer channel may include: signaling bearer identification information, PDCP physical unit information, RLC physical unit information, channel identifier between PDCP and RLC, channel configuration information between PDCP and RLC, logical channel identifier, At least one parameter configuration information of logical channel configuration information, MAC entity unit information, and physical layer unit information.
进一步的, 所述承载通道的配置信息还可包括: PDCP实体单元的网络节点信息、 RLC 实体单元的网络节点信息、 MAC实体单元的网络节点信息、物理层单元的网络节点信息中 的至少一种参数配置信息; 或者, 所述承载通道的配置信息还可包括: PDCP实体单元、 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、物理层单元同属的第一网络节点信息,和或 RLC实体单元、 MAC实体单元、 物理层单元同属的第二网络节点信息。 Further, the configuration information of the bearer channel may further include: at least one of network node information of a PDCP entity unit, network node information of an RLC entity unit, network node information of a MAC entity unit, and network node information of a physical layer unit. Or the RLC entity unit, the MAC entity unit, The second network node information of the same physical layer unit.
基于相同的技术构思, 本发明实施例还提供了一种可应用于方案四的基站。 参见图 22A, 为可应用于方案四的基站的结构示意图。 如图所示, 该基站可包括: 收 发器 2210和处理器 2211 , 其中各组成部分可执行方案四中的相应处理过程。 如图所示: 收发器 2210, 用于向第二基站发送控制面数据包和指示信息, 以使第二基站根据所述 控制信息发送所述控制面数据包和 /或第二基站的调度信息; 其中, 所述指示信息在发送所 述控制面数据包之前、 之后或与所述控制面数据包同时发送。 所述控制面数据包的种类同 前所述, 在此不再详述; 所述指示信息的种类和组成, 可如前所述, 在此不再详述。 Based on the same technical concept, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station applicable to the fourth solution. Referring to FIG. 22A, it is a schematic structural diagram of a base station applicable to the fourth scheme. As shown, the base station can include: a transceiver 2210 and a processor 2211, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the fourth option. As shown in the figure: the transceiver 2210 is configured to send a control plane data packet and indication information to the second base station, so that the second base station sends the control plane data packet and/or the scheduling information of the second base station according to the control information. The indication information is sent before, after, or simultaneously with the control plane data packet. The types of the control plane data packets are the same as those described above, and are not described in detail herein; the type and composition of the indication information may be as described above, and will not be described in detail herein.
参见图 22B, 可应用于方案四的基站的结构示意图。 如图所示, 该基站可包括: 收发 器 2220和处理器 2221 , 其中各组成部分可执行方案四中的相应处理过程。 如图所示: 收发器 2220, 用于接收第一基站发送的控制面数据包和指示信息; 其中, 所述指示信 息在发送所述控制面数据包之前、 之后或与所述控制面数据包同时发送; 所述控制面数据 包的种类同前所述, 在此不再详述; 所述指示信息的种类和组成, 可如前所述, 在此不再 详述。 Referring to FIG. 22B, a schematic structural diagram of a base station applicable to the fourth scheme can be applied. As shown, the base station can include: a transceiver 2220 and a processor 2221, wherein each component can perform a corresponding process in the fourth scheme. As shown in the figure: the transceiver 2220 is configured to receive a control plane data packet and indication information sent by the first base station, where the indication information is before, after, or with the control plane data packet of the control plane data packet. The type of the control plane data packet is the same as that described above, and is not described in detail herein; the type and composition of the indication information may be as described above, and will not be described in detail herein.
需要说明的是, 本发明各个实施例中涉及的小区, 可以为现有的小区, 也可以为新载 波类型小区, 也可以为未来新设计的小区, 本发明对小区的具体类型不做限制。 本发明实 施例中描述的基站执行的操作也可以为基站小区执行的操作。 基站的属性也可以为基站小 区的属性, 基站的信息也可以为基站小区的信息。 It should be noted that the cell involved in the various embodiments of the present invention may be an existing cell, a new carrier type cell, or a newly designed cell in the future. The present invention does not limit the specific type of the cell. The operations performed by the base station described in the embodiments of the present invention may also be operations performed by the base station cell. The attribute of the base station may also be an attribute of the base station cell, and the information of the base station may also be information of the base station cell.
本领域内的技术人员应明白, 本发明的实施例可提供为方法、 系统、 或计算机程序产 品。 因此, 本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、 完全软件实施例、 或结合软件和硬件方面的实 施例的形式。 而且, 本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机 可用存储介质 (包括但不限于磁盘存储器、 CD-ROM、 光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程 序产品的形式。 Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer usable program code.
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、 设备(系统)、 和计算机程序产品的流程图 和 /或方框图来描述的。 应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和 /或方框图中的每一流 程和 /或方框、 以及流程图和 /或方框图中的流程和 /或方框的结合。 可提供这些计算机 程序指令到通用计算机、 专用计算机、 嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器 以产生一个机器, 使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用 于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和 /或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的 装置。 The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (system), and computer program products according to embodiments of the invention. It will be understood that each process and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方 式工作的计算机可读存储器中, 使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装 置的制造品, 该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和 /或方框图一个方框或多个 方框中指定的功能。 The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上, 使得在计算机 或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理, 从而在计算机或其他 可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和 /或方框图一个 方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。 These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that the computer Or performing a series of operational steps on other programmable devices to produce computer-implemented processing such that instructions executed on a computer or other programmable device are provided for implementing a block in a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart Or the steps of the function specified in multiple boxes.
尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例, 但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概 念, 则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。 所以, 所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选 实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。 Although the preferred embodiment of the invention has been described, it will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art that <RTIgt; Therefore, the appended claims are intended to be construed as including the preferred embodiments and the modifications
显然, 本领域的技术人员可以对本发明实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明实 施例的精神和范围。 这样, 倘若本发明实施例的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其 等同技术的范围之内, 则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 It is apparent that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the embodiments of the present invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the embodiments of the present invention. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and modifications of the inventions
Claims
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202010278477.1A CN111954314B (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2013-09-30 | A message transmission method and device |
| CN201380003783.2A CN105009663B (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2013-09-30 | A message transmission method and device |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2013/081243 WO2015018094A1 (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2013-08-09 | Message transmission method and device |
| CNPCT/CN2013/081243 | 2013-08-09 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2015018122A1 true WO2015018122A1 (en) | 2015-02-12 |
Family
ID=52460584
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2013/081243 Ceased WO2015018094A1 (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2013-08-09 | Message transmission method and device |
| PCT/CN2013/084714 Ceased WO2015018122A1 (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2013-09-30 | Message transmission method and device |
Family Applications Before (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2013/081243 Ceased WO2015018094A1 (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2013-08-09 | Message transmission method and device |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN104521302A (en) |
| WO (2) | WO2015018094A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI566536B (en) * | 2015-03-23 | 2017-01-11 | 瑞昱半導體股份有限公司 | Control circuit of wireless user equipment |
Families Citing this family (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN108282448A (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2018-07-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | Multi-link communication method, device and terminal |
| CN109151870A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2019-01-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | Information processing method and related device |
| JP7111812B2 (en) * | 2017-11-09 | 2022-08-02 | 華為技術有限公司 | Random access method, device and storage medium for communication device |
| CN111542053B (en) * | 2017-11-29 | 2022-07-08 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Method and terminal for reestablishing RRC connection |
| CN112825496B (en) * | 2019-11-21 | 2021-11-19 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Processing method and device for time information transmission and storage medium |
| CN111556506B (en) * | 2020-04-28 | 2023-09-22 | 锐迪科微电子科技(上海)有限公司 | Abnormal link processing method and equipment |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101237381A (en) * | 2007-02-02 | 2008-08-06 | 华为技术有限公司 | A method and system for transmitting START value |
| CN101370164A (en) * | 2007-08-17 | 2009-02-18 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A method for transmitting signaling radio bearers on a high-speed packet access channel |
| CN103139911A (en) * | 2011-11-25 | 2013-06-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for realizing carrier aggregation, base station and user equipment |
Family Cites Families (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101616443A (en) * | 2008-06-23 | 2009-12-30 | 华为技术有限公司 | Message processing method, device and system |
| US20130195012A1 (en) * | 2012-01-30 | 2013-08-01 | Nokia Siemens Networks Oy | Network attach procedure for long term evolution local area network |
-
2013
- 2013-08-09 WO PCT/CN2013/081243 patent/WO2015018094A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2013-08-09 CN CN201380003422.8A patent/CN104521302A/en active Pending
- 2013-09-30 WO PCT/CN2013/084714 patent/WO2015018122A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101237381A (en) * | 2007-02-02 | 2008-08-06 | 华为技术有限公司 | A method and system for transmitting START value |
| CN101370164A (en) * | 2007-08-17 | 2009-02-18 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A method for transmitting signaling radio bearers on a high-speed packet access channel |
| CN103139911A (en) * | 2011-11-25 | 2013-06-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for realizing carrier aggregation, base station and user equipment |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI566536B (en) * | 2015-03-23 | 2017-01-11 | 瑞昱半導體股份有限公司 | Control circuit of wireless user equipment |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2015018094A1 (en) | 2015-02-12 |
| CN104521302A (en) | 2015-04-15 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN107079275B (en) | Method and apparatus for wireless communication | |
| JP6328264B2 (en) | Dual connectivity network | |
| CN106105276B (en) | Signaling flow and buffer status reporting for groups in D2D broadcast communication | |
| JP7635413B2 (en) | Communication method and device | |
| US20150043492A1 (en) | Method for providing dual connectivity in wireless communication system | |
| US20240022897A1 (en) | Managing different types of communication devices | |
| EP3637820B1 (en) | Base station, user equipment and relevant methods | |
| WO2013010418A1 (en) | Method, apparatus and system for wireless broadband communication | |
| WO2014198133A1 (en) | Resource allocation method and device for data radio bearer (drb) | |
| WO2015018122A1 (en) | Message transmission method and device | |
| WO2014000498A1 (en) | Data radio bearer establishment method and device | |
| JP2019524039A (en) | Multi-connectivity communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2017000889A1 (en) | Radio access network device, data processing method and ip packet processing method | |
| CN107079361A (en) | Integrated Enode B/AP are switched to using context transfer | |
| WO2018171695A1 (en) | Method and device for establishing wireless connection | |
| WO2013177764A1 (en) | Multi-flow transmission scheduling method and device | |
| WO2014101677A1 (en) | Method, base station and system for sending rrc signaling | |
| WO2014048361A1 (en) | Resource configuration method and device | |
| CN104349342A (en) | Business management method and device | |
| CN105009663B (en) | A message transmission method and device | |
| CN104936302A (en) | Method for semi-static persistent scheduling configuration used in dual connection and device thereof | |
| US20250254124A1 (en) | Wireless communication method, network element, and apparatus | |
| WO2014094583A1 (en) | Cell resource configuration method and device | |
| US20260040241A1 (en) | Managing Multiple Timing Advance Values for Multiple Transmit and/or Receive Points | |
| EP4649726A1 (en) | Performing a fast serving cell change based on lower layer triggered mobility (ltm) |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13891131 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 13891131 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |